96-33157. Sentencing Guidelines for United States Courts  

  • [Federal Register Volume 62, Number 1 (Thursday, January 2, 1997)]
    [Notices]
    [Pages 152-198]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 96-33157]
    
    
          
    
    [[Page 151]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    United States Sentencing Commission
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    Sentencing Guidelines for United States Courts; Notice
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 1 / Thursday, January 2, 1997 / 
    Notices
    
    [[Page 152]]
    
    
    
    UNITED STATES SENTENCING COMMISSION
    
    
    Sentencing Guidelines for United States Courts
    
    AGENCY: United States Sentencing Commission.
    
    ACTION: Notice of (1) proposed temporary, emergency guideline 
    amendments increasing penalties for alien smuggling and fraudulent use 
    of government-issued documents; (2) proposed temporary, emergency 
    guideline amendments imposing penalties for involuntary servitude, 
    peonage, and slave trade offense; (3) proposed temporary, emergency 
    guideline amendments increasing the penalties for offenses involving 
    list I chemicals; and (4) proposed non-emergency amendments to 
    sentencing guidelines and commentary. Request for Comment. Notice of 
    hearing.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: The Sentencing Commission hereby gives notice of the following 
    actions: (1) pursuant to its authority under sections 203, 211, and 218 
    of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 
    1996, the Commission is preparing to promulgate amendments to 
    Secs. 2L1.1, 2L2.1, 2L2.2, and 2H4.1 and accompanying commentary; (2) 
    pursuant to its authority under section 302 of the Comprehensive 
    Methamphetamine Control Act of 1996, the Commission is preparing to 
    promulgate amendments to Sec. 2D1.11 and accompanying commentary; and 
    (3) pursuant to section 217(a) of the Comprehensive Crime Control Act 
    of 1984 (28 U.S.C. 994 (a) and (p)), the Commission is considering 
    promulgating certain other non-emergency amendments to the sentencing 
    guidelines and commentary. The Commission may submit the latter, non-
    emergency amendments to the Congress not later than May 1, 1997.
        This notice sets forth the emergency and other proposed amendments 
    and a synopsis of the issues addressed by the amendments as well as 
    additional issues for comment. The proposed amendments are presented in 
    this notice in one of two formats. First, some of the amendments are 
    proposed as specific revisions to a guideline or commentary. Bracketed 
    text within a proposed amendment indicates alternative proposals and 
    that the Commission invites comment and suggestions for appropriate 
    policy choices; for example, a proposed enhancement of [3-5] levels 
    means a proposed enhancement of either three, four, or five levels. 
    Similarly, a proposed enhancement of [4] levels indicates that the 
    Commission is considering, and invites comment on, alternative policy 
    choices. Second, the Commission has highlighted certain issues for 
    comment and invites suggestions for specific amendment language.
    
    DATES: (1) Emergency Amendments. Comment on the several emergency 
    amendments set forth in this notice should be received by the 
    Commission not later than February 4, 1997. After considering any 
    public comment, the Commission plans to address possible promulgation 
    of the emergency amendments at its meeting scheduled for February 11, 
    1997, at the Commission's offices in the Thurgood Marshall Federal 
    Judiciary Building (meeting time to be determined).
        (2) Non-Emergency Amendments. Comment on the non-emergency 
    amendments and issues set forth in this notice should be received not 
    later than March 17, 1997. The Commission has scheduled a public 
    hearing on the proposed non-emergency amendments for March 17, 1997, at 
    the Thurgood Marshall Federal Judiciary Building, One Columbus Circle, 
    N.E,. Washington, D.C. 20002-8002.
        A person who desires to testify at the public hearing should notify 
    Michael Courlander, Public Information Specialist, at (202) 273-4590 
    not later than March 3, 1997. Written testimony for the hearing must be 
    received by the Commission not later than March 10, 1997. Submission of 
    written testimony is a requirement for testifying at the public 
    hearing.
    
    ADDRESSES: Public Comment should be sent to: United States Sentencing 
    Commission, One Columbus Circle, N.E., Suite 2-500, Washington, D.C. 
    20002-8002, Attention: Public Information.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Michael Courlander, Public Information 
    Specialist, Telephone: (202) 273-4590.
    
        Authority: 28 U.S.C. 994 (a), (o), (p), (x).
    Richard P. Conaboy,
    Chairman.
    
    Emergency Amendments
    
    Section 2D1.11  Unlawfully Distributing, Importing, Exporting or 
    Possessing a Listed Chemical; Attempt or Conspiracy
    
        1. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment implements 
    section 302 of the Comprehensive Methamphetamine Control Act of 1996. 
    That section raises the statutory maximum penalties under 21 U.S.C. 
    841(d) and 960(d) from ten to twenty years' imprisonment. The Act also 
    instructs the Commission to increase by at least two levels the offense 
    levels for offenses involving list I chemicals under 21 U.S.C. 841(d) 
    (1) and (2) and 960(d) (1) and (3). These offenses involve the 
    possession and importation of listed chemicals knowing, or having 
    reasonable cause to believe, the chemicals will be used to unlawfully 
    manufacture a controlled substance. In carrying out these instructions, 
    the Act requires that the offense levels be calculated proportionately 
    on the basis of the quantity of controlled substance that reasonably 
    could be manufactured in a clandestine setting using the quantity of 
    list I chemical possessed, distributed, imported, or exported.
        Current Operation of the Guidelines: Offenses involving violations 
    under the above statutes are covered under Sec. 2D1.11 (Unlawfully 
    Distributing, Importing, Exporting, or Possessing a Listed Chemical). 
    This guideline uses a Chemical Quantity Table to determine the base 
    offense level. The guideline also has a cross reference to Sec. 2D1.1 
    (Unlawfully Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking) for 
    cases involving the actual manufacture, or attempt to manufacture, a 
    controlled substance.
        The Chemical Quantity Table was developed in two steps. First, the 
    amount of listed chemical needed to produce a quantity of controlled 
    substance in the Drug Quantity Table in Sec. 2D1.1 was determined. The 
    amount of listed chemical was based on 50% of theoretical yield.1 
    The 50% figure was used because, after much study, this figure was 
    determined to be a fair estimate of the amount of controlled substance 
    that typically could be produced in a clandestine laboratory.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ Theoretical yield is the amount of a controlled substance 
    that could be produced in a perfect reaction. It is based on a 
    chemical equation/mathematical formula and does not occur in 
    reality.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Second, the offense level in Sec. 2D1.11 was adjusted downward by 
    eight levels from the level in the Drug Quantity Sec. 2D1.1. There were 
    several reasons for these adjustments. One, the listed chemical 
    offenses involved an intent to manufacture a controlled substance, not 
    the actual manufacture, or attempt to manufacture, a controlled 
    substance. For cases involving an actual or attempted manufacture of a 
    controlled substance, Sec. 2D1.11 contains a cross reference to 
    Sec. 2D1.1. Another reason for the reduction in offense level from the 
    offense levels in Sec. 2D1.1 was the fact that statutes covering listed 
    chemicals had maximum sentences of ten years' imprisonment, whereas 
    some of the controlled substance offenses had
    
    [[Page 153]]
    
    maximum sentences of life imprisonment. If the offense level was not 
    reduced in Sec. 2D1.11, almost all of the cases would have resulted in 
    sentences at or exceeding the statutory maximum. A third reason was 
    that it is more difficult to make an accurate determination of the 
    amount of finished product based on only one listed chemical as opposed 
    to several listed chemicals and/or lab equipment. By not reducing the 
    offense level, there would have been the possibility that the person 
    who had only one precursor would get a higher offense level than 
    someone who actually manufactured the controlled substance.
        The proposed amendment raises the penalties for list I chemicals by 
    two levels. The top of the Chemical Quantity Table for list I chemicals 
    will now be at level 30. The offense level for list II chemicals 
    remains the same. With the new statutory maximum of 20 years, the 
    guidelines will now be able to better take into account aggravating 
    adjustments such as those for role in the offense. Additionally, the 
    increased statutory maximum will allow for higher sentences for cases 
    convicted under this statute that involve the actual manufacture of a 
    controlled substance.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2D1.11(d) is amended by deleting 
    subsections (d) (1)--(9) and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
        ``(d) Chemical Quality Table*
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Listed chemicals and quantity              Base offense level  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (1)  List I Chemicals..........................  Level 30               
        17.8 KG or more of Benzaldehyde;                                    
        20 KG or more of Benzyl Cyanide;                                    
        20 KG or more of Ephedrine;                                         
        200 G or more of Ergonovine;                                        
        400 G or more of Ergotamine;                                        
        20 KG or more of Ethylamine;                                        
        44 KG or more of Hydriodic Acid;                                    
        320 KG or more of Isoafrole;                                        
        4 KG or more of Methylamine;                                        
        1500 KG or more of N-Methylephedrine;                               
        500 KG or more of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;                          
        12.6 KG or more of Nitroethane;                                     
        200 KG or more of Norpseudoephedrine;                               
        20 KG or more of Phenylacetic Acid;                                 
        200 KG or more of Phenylpropanolamine;                              
        10 KG or more of Piperidine;                                        
        320 KG or more of Piperonal;                                        
        1.6 KG or more of Propionic Anhydride;                              
        20 KG or more of Pseudoephedrine;                                   
        320 KG or more of Safrole;                                          
        400 KG or more of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-                        
         2-propanone;                                                       
    (2)  List I Chemicals..........................  Level 28.              
        At least 5.3 KG but less than 17.8 KG of                            
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl                         
         Cyanide;                                                           
        At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of                                
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 60 G but less than 200 G of                                
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 120 G but less than 400 G of                               
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of                                
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 13.2 KG but less than 44 KG of                             
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of                              
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 1.2 KG but less than 4 KG of                               
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-                          
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-                          
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 3.8 KG but less than 12.6 KG of                            
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 60 KG but less than 200 KG of                              
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of                                
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 60 KG but less than 200 KG of                              
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of                                
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of                              
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 480 G but less than 1.6 KG of                              
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of                                
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of                              
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 120 KG but less than 400 KG of 3,                          
         4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                
    List II Chemicals                                                       
         KG or more of Acetic Anhydride;                                    
        1175 KG or more of Acetone;                                         
        20 KG or more of Benzyl Chloride;                                   
        1075 KG or more of Ethyl Ether;                                     
        1200 KG or more KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                          
        10 KG or more of Potassium Permanganate;                            
        1300 KG or more of Toluene.                                         
    (3)  List I Chemicals..........................  Level 26.              
    
    [[Page 154]]
    
                                                                            
        At least 1.8 KG but less than 5.3 KG of                             
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl                          
         Cyanide;                                                           
        At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of                                 
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 20 G but less than 60 G of                                 
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 40 G but less than 120 G of                                
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of                                 
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 4.4 KG but less than 13.2 KG of                            
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of                               
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 400 G but less than 1.2 KG of                              
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-                           
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-                           
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 1.3 KG but less than 3.8 KG of                             
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of                               
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of                                 
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of                               
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of                                 
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of                               
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 160 G but less than 480 G of                               
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of                                 
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of                               
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 40 KG but less than 120 KG of 3, 4-                        
         Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                  
    List II Chemicals                                                       
        At least 3.3 KG but less than 11 KG of                              
         Acetic Anhydride;                                                  
        At least 352.5 KG but less than 1175 KG of                          
         Acetone;                                                           
        At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl                         
         Chloride;                                                          
        At least 322.5 KG but less than 1075 KG of                          
         Ethyl Ether;                                                       
        At least 360 KG but less than 1200 KG of                            
         Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                                               
        At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of                                
         Potassium Permanganate;                                            
        At least 390 KG but less than 1300 KG of                            
         Toluene.                                                           
    (4)  List I Chemicals..........................  Level 24.              
        At least 1.2 KG but less than 1.8 KG of                             
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Benzyl Cyanide;                                                    
        At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 14 G but less than 20 G of                                 
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 28 G but less than 40 G of                                 
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 3.08 KG but less than 4.4 KG of                            
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of                             
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 280 G but less than 400 G of                               
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-                            
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-                            
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 879 G but less than 1.3 KG of                              
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 14 KG but less than 20 KG of                               
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 14 KG but less than 20 KG of                               
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of                                
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of                             
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 112 G but less than 160 G of                               
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of                             
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 28 KG but less than 40 KG of 3, 4-                         
         Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                  
    List II Chemicals                                                       
        At least 1.1 KG but less than 3.3 KG of                             
         Acetic Anhydride;                                                  
        At least 117.5 KG but less than 352.5 KG of                         
         Acetone;                                                           
        At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl                          
         Chloride;                                                          
        At least 107.5 KG but less than 322.5 KG of                         
         Ethyl Ether;                                                       
        At least 120 KG but less than 360 KG of                             
         Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                                               
        At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of                                 
         Potassium Permanganate;                                            
        At least 130 KG but less than 390 KG of                             
         Toluene.                                                           
    (5) List I Chemicals...........................  Level 22.              
    
    [[Page 155]]
    
                                                                            
        At least 712 G but less than 1.2 KG of                              
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of                              
         Benzyl Cyanide;                                                    
        At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of                              
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 8 G but less than 14 G of                                  
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 16 G but less than 28 G of                                 
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of                              
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 1.76 KG but less than 3.08 KG of                           
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of                           
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 160 G but less than 280 G of                               
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-                            
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-                            
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 503 G but less than 879 G of                               
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 8 KG but less than 14 KG of                                
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of                              
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 8 KG but less than 14 KG of                                
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 400 G but less than 700 G of                               
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of                           
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 64 G but less than 112 G of                                
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of                              
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of                           
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 16 KG but less than 28 KG of 3, 4-                         
         Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                  
    List II Chemicals                                                       
        At least 726 G but less than 1.1 KG of                              
         Acetic Anhydride;                                                  
        At least 82.25 KG but less than 117.5 KG of                         
         Acetone;                                                           
        At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Benzyl Chloride;                                                   
        At least 75.25 KG but less than 107.5 KG of                         
         Ethyl Ether;                                                       
        At least 84 KG but less than 120 KG of                              
         Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                                               
        At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of                                
         Potassium Permanganate;                                            
        At least 91 KG but less than 130 KG of                              
         Toluene.                                                           
    (6)  List I Chemicals                            Level 20.              
        At least 178 G but less than 712 G of                               
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 200 G but less than 800 G of                               
         Benzyl Cyanide;                                                    
        At least 200 G but less than 800 G of                               
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 2 G but less than 8 G of                                   
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 4 G but less than 16 G of                                  
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 200 G but less than 800 G of                               
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 440 G but less than 1.76 KG of                             
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of                            
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 40 G but less than 160 G of                                
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-                             
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-                             
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 126 G but less than 503 G of                               
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of                                 
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 200 G but less than 800 G of                               
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of                                 
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 100 G but less than 400 G of                               
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of                            
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 16 G but less than 64 G of                                 
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 200 G but less than 800 G of                               
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of                            
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 4 KG but less than 16 KG of 3, 4-                          
         Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                  
    List II Chemicals                                                       
        At least 440 G but less than 726 G of                               
         Acetic Anhydride;                                                  
        At least 47 KG but less than 82.25 KG of                            
         Acetone;                                                           
        At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of                              
         Benzyl Chloride;                                                   
        At least 43 KG but less than 75.25 KG of                            
         Ethyl Ether;                                                       
        At least 48 KG but less than 84 KG of                               
         Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                                               
        At least 400 G but less than 700 G of                               
         Potassium Permanganate;                                            
        At least 52 KG but less than 91 KG of                               
         Toluene.                                                           
    (7)  List I Chemicals..........................  Level 18.              
    
    [[Page 156]]
    
                                                                            
        At least 142 G but less than 178 G of                               
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 160 G but less than 200 G of                               
         Benzyl Cyanide;                                                    
        At least 160 G but less than 200 G of                               
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 1.6 G but less than 2 G of                                 
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 3.2 G but less than 4 G of                                 
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 160 G but less than 200 G of                               
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 352 G but less than 440 G of                               
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of                            
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 32 G but less than 40 G of                                 
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-                              
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-                              
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 100 G but less than 126 G of                               
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 1.6 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 160 G but less than 200 G of                               
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 1.6 KG but less than 2 KG of                               
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 80 G but less than 100 G of                                
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of                            
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 12.8 G but less than 16 G of                               
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 160 G but less than 200 G of                               
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of                            
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 3.2 KG but less than 4 KG of 3, 4-                         
         Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                  
    List II  Chemicals                                                      
        At least 110 G but less than 440 G of                               
         Acetic Anhydride;                                                  
        At least 11.75 KG but less than 47 KG of                            
         Acetone;                                                           
        At least 200 G but less than 800 G of                               
         Benzyl Chloride;                                                   
        At least 10.75 KG but less than 43 KG of                            
         Ethyl Ether;                                                       
        At least 12 KG but less than 48 KG of                               
         Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                                               
        At least 100 G but less than 400 G of                               
         Potassium Permanganate;                                            
        At least 13 KG but less than 52 KG of                               
         Toluene.                                                           
    (8)  List I Chemicals..........................  Level 16.              
        At least 107 G but less than 142 G of                               
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 120 G but less than 160 G of                               
         Benzyl Cyanide;                                                    
        At least 120 G but less than 160 G of                               
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 1.2 G but less than 1.6 G of                               
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 2.4 G but less than 3.2 G of                               
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 120 G but less than 160 G of                               
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 264 G but less than 352 G of                               
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of                           
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 24 G but less than 32 G of                                 
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-                              
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-                              
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 75 G but less than 100 G of                                
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 1.2 KG but less than 1.6 KG of                             
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 120 G but less than 160 G of                               
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 1.2 KG but less than 1.6 KG of                             
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 60 G but less than 80 G of                                 
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of                           
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 9.6 G but less than 12.8 G of                              
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 120 G but less than 160 G of                               
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of                           
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 2.4 KG but less than 3.2 KG of 3,                          
         4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                
    List II Chemicals                                                       
        At least 88 G but less than 110 G of Acetic                         
         Anhydride;                                                         
        At least 9.4 KG but less than 11.75 KG of                           
         Acetone;                                                           
        At least 160 G but less than 200 G of                               
         Benzyl Chloride;                                                   
        At least 8.6 KG but less than 10.75 KG of                           
         Ethyl Ether;                                                       
        At least 9.6 KG but less than 12 KG of                              
         Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                                               
        At least 80 G but less than 100 G of                                
         Potassium Permanganate;                                            
        At least 10.4 KG but less than 13 KG of                             
         Toluene.                                                           
    (9)  List I Chemicals..........................  Level 14.              
    
    [[Page 157]]
    
                                                                            
        At least 2.7 KG but less than 3.6 KG of                             
         Anthranilic Acid;                                                  
        At least 80.25 G but less than 107 G of                             
         Benzaldehyde;                                                      
        At least 90 G but less than 120 G of Benzyl                         
         Cyanide;                                                           
        At least 90 G but less than 120 G of                                
         Ephedrine;                                                         
        At least 900 MG but less than 1.2 G of                              
         Ergonovine;                                                        
        At least 1.8 G but less than 2.4 G of                               
         Ergotamine;                                                        
        At least 90 G but less than 120 G of                                
         Ethylamine;                                                        
        At least 198 G but less than 264 G of                               
         Hydriodic Acid;                                                    
        At least 1.44 G but less than 1.92 KG of                            
         Isoafrole;                                                         
        At least 18 G but less than 24 G of                                 
         Methylamine;                                                       
        At least 3.6 KG but less than 4.8 KG of N-                          
         Acetylanthranilic Acid;                                            
        At least 2.25 KG but less than 3 KG of N-                           
         Methylephedrine;                                                   
        At least 2.25 KG but less than 3 KG of N-                           
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        At least 56.25 G but less than 75 G of                              
         Nitroethane;                                                       
        At least 900 G but less than 1.2 KG of                              
         Norpseudoephedrine;                                                
        At least 90 G but less than 120 G of                                
         Phenylacetic Acid;                                                 
        At least 900 G but less than 1.2 KG of                              
         Phenylpropanolamine;                                               
        At least 45 G but less than 60 G of                                 
         Piperidine;                                                        
        At least 1.44 KG but less than 1.92 KG of                           
         Piperonal;                                                         
        At least 7.2 G but less than 9.6 G of                               
         Propionic Anhydride;                                               
        At least 90 G but less than 120 G of                                
         Pseudoephedrine;                                                   
        At least 1.44 G but less than 1.92 KG of                            
         Safrole;                                                           
        At least 1.8 KG but less than 2.4 KG of 3,                          
         4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                
    List II Chemicals                                                       
        At least 66 G but less than 88 G of Acetic                          
         Anhydride;                                                         
        At least 7.05 KG but less than 9.4 KG of                            
         Acetone;                                                           
        At least 120 G but less than 160 G of                               
         Benzyl Chloride;                                                   
        At least 6.45 KG but less than 8.6 KG of                            
         Ethyl Ether;                                                       
        At least 7.2 KG but less than 9.6 KG of                             
         Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                                               
        At least 60 G but less than 80 G of                                 
         Potassium Permanganate;                                            
        At least 7.8 KG but less than 10.4 KG of                            
         Toluene.                                                           
    (10)  List I Chemicals.........................  Level 12.              
        Less than 2.7 KG of Anthranilic Acid;                               
        Less than 80.25 G of Benzaldehyde                                   
        Less than 90 G of Benzyl Cyanide;                                   
        Less than 90 G of Ephedrine;                                        
        Less than 900 MG of Ergonovine;                                     
        Less than 1.8 G of Ergotamine;                                      
        Less than 90 G of Ethylamine;                                       
        Less than 198 G of Hydriodic Acid;                                  
        Less than 1.44 G of Isoafrole;                                      
        Less than 18 G of Methylamine;                                      
        Less than 3.6 KG of N-Acetylanthranilic                             
         Acid;                                                              
        Less than 2.25 KG of N-Methylephedrine;                             
        Less than 2.25 KG of N-                                             
         Methylpseudoephedrine;                                             
        Less than 56.25 G of Nitroethane;                                   
        Less than 900 G of Norpseudoephedrine;                              
        Less than 90 G of Phenylacetic Acid;                                
        Less than 900 G of Phenylpropanolamine;                             
        Less than 45 G of Piperidine;                                       
        Less than 1.44 KG of Piperonal;                                     
        Less than 7.2 G of Propionic Anhydride;                             
        Less than 90 G of Pseudoephedrine;                                  
        Less than 1.44 G of Safrole;                                        
        Less than 1.8 KG of 3, 4-                                           
         Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;                                  
    List II Chemicals                                                       
        Less than 66 G of Acetic Anhydride;                                 
        Less than 7.05 KG of Acetone;                                       
        Less than 120 G of Benzyl Chloride;                                 
        Less than 6.45 KG of Ethyl Ether;                                   
        Less than 7.2 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;                            
        Less than 60 G of Potassium Permanganate;                           
        Less than 7.8 KG of Toluene.                                        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2D1.11 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 4(a) by deleting ``three kilograms'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``300 grams''; by deleting ``24'' each time it appears and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``26''; and by deleting ``14'' and inserting 
    in lieu thereof ``16''.
    
    Section 2L1.1--Alien Smuggling
    
        2. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment implements 
    section 203 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant 
    Responsibility Act of 1996. Section 203 directs the Commission to amend 
    the guidelines for offenses related to smuggling, transporting, or 
    harboring illegal aliens.
    
    [[Page 158]]
    
    The legislation directs the Commission to:
        ``(A) increase the base offense level for such offenses at least 3 
    offense levels above the applicable level in effect on the date of the 
    enactment of this Act;
        (B) review the sentencing enhancement for the number of aliens 
    involved (U.S.S.G. 2L1.1(b)(2)), and increase the sentencing 
    enhancement by at least 50 percent above the applicable enhancement in 
    effect on the date of the enactment of this Act;
        (C) impose an appropriate sentencing enhancement upon an offender 
    with 1 prior felony conviction arising out of a separate and prior 
    prosecution for an offense that involved the same or similar underlying 
    conduct as the current offense, to be applied in addition to any 
    sentencing enhancement that would otherwise apply pursuant to the 
    calculation of the defendant's criminal history category; * * * [and an 
    additional enhancement for 2 or more priors];
        (E) impose an appropriate sentencing enhancement on a defendant 
    who, in the course of committing an offense described in this 
    subsection (i) murders or otherwise causes death, bodily injury, or 
    serious bodily injury to a defendant; (ii) uses or brandishes a firearm 
    or other dangerous weapon; or (iii) engages in conduct that consciously 
    or recklessly places another in serious danger of death or serious 
    bodily injury;
        (F) consider whether a downward adjustment is appropriate if the 
    offense is a first offense and involves the smuggling only of the 
    alien's spouse or child * * * ''
        The amendment provides for a higher base offense level as required 
    by the legislation. In addition, the amendment provides for new 
    specific offense characteristics outlined in the legislation and 
    adjusts the current specific offense characteristics as directed by the 
    legislation. Finally, the amendment provides for clarifying commentary.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2L1.1(a)(1) is amended by deleting 
    ``20'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``[23-25]''.
        Section 2L1.1(a)(2) is amended by deleting ``9'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``[12-14]''.
        Section 2L1.1(b) is amended by deleting:
        ``(1) If the defendant committed the offense other than for profit 
    and the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2), 
    decrease by 3 levels.
        (2) If the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or 
    harboring of six or more unlawful aliens, increase as follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Number of unlawful aliens smuggled,                                 
              transported, or harbored                Increase in level     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A)   6-24.................................  Add 2.                     
    (B)   25-99................................  Add 4.                     
    (C)   100 or more..........................  Add 6.                     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) If the defendant is an unlawful alien who has been deported 
    (voluntarily or involuntarily) on one or more occasions prior to the 
    instant offense, and the offense level determined above is less than 
    level 8, increase to level 8.''
    and inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``(1) If the offense involves the smuggling, transporting, or 
    harboring only of the defendant's spouse or child, decrease by [2-3] 
    levels.
        (2) If the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or 
    harboring of three or more unlawful aliens, increase as follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Number of unlawful aliens smuggled,                                 
              transported, or harbored                Increase in level     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A)   3-5..................................  Add 1.                     
    (B)   6-11.................................  Add 3.                     
    (C)   12-24................................  Add 5.                     
    (D)   25-99................................  Add 7.                     
    (E)   100 or more..........................  Add 9.                     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) [Option 1: If the defendant committed the instant offense 
    subsequent to sustaining (A) one conviction for an immigration and 
    naturalization offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two convictions 
    for immigration and naturalization offenses each arising out of 
    separate prosecutions, increase by 4 levels.]
        [Option 2: If the defendant at the time of sentencing had been 
    previously convicted of (A) one immigration and naturalization offense 
    arising out of a separate and prior prosecution, increase by 2 levels; 
    or (B) two immigration and naturalization offenses each arising out of 
    separate prosecutions, increase by 4 levels.]
        (4) (A) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 6 levels, but if 
    the resulting offense level is less than level [22-24], increase to 
    level [22-24];
        (B) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or 
    otherwise used, increase by 4 levels, but if the resulting offense 
    level is less than level [20-22], increase to level [20-22];
        (C) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, 
    increase by 2 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than 
    level [18-20], increase to level [18-20].
        [Option 1: (D) if the offense involved recklessly creating a 
    substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to another person, 
    increase by 2 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than 
    level [18-20], increase to level [18-20]].
        [Option 2: (5) If the offense involved recklessly creating a 
    substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to another person, 
    increase by 2 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than 
    level [18-20], increase to level [18-20].
        (6) If any person died or sustained bodily injury as a result of 
    the offense, increase the offense level accordingly:
    
    
    (1)  Bodily Injury.......................  Add 2 levels.                
    (2)  Serious Bodily Injury...............  Add 4 levels.                
    (3)  Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily  Add 6 levels.                
     Injury.                                                                
    (4)  Death...............................  Add 8 levels.                
                                                                            
    
        (c) Cross Reference.
    
        If any person was killed under circumstances that would 
    constitute murder under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1111 had such killing taken 
    place within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of 
    the United States, apply the appropriate murder guideline from 
    Chapter two, Part A, Subpart 1.''
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2L1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 5 by deleting ``dangerous or inhumane treatment, death 
    or bodily injury, possession of a dangerous weapon, or''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2L1.1 captioned ``Application Notes is 
    amended by inserting the following additional notes:
        ``[7. Under subsections (b)(4)(A) and (b)(4)(B), the defendant is 
    accountable if (A) the defendant discharges, brandishes, or otherwise 
    uses a firearm, or (B) another person discharges, brandishes, or 
    otherwise uses a firearm and the defendant is aware of the presence of 
    the firearm. Under subsection (b)(4)(C), the defendant is accountable 
    if the defendant or another person possesses a dangerous weapon during 
    the offense.]
        8. Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under 
    subsection (b)(3) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal 
    history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
        9. Reckless conduct triggering the adjustment from subsection(b)(5) 
    can vary widely. Such conduct may include, but is not limited to, 
    transporting persons in the trunk or engine compartment of a motor 
    vehicle, carrying substantially more passengers than the rated capacity 
    of a motor vehicle or vessel, or harboring persons in a crowded, 
    dangerous, or inhumane condition. If the reckless conduct triggering 
    the adjustment in subsection (b)(4)(C) includes only conduct related to 
    fleeing from a law enforcement officer, do not apply an adjustment from 
    Sec. 3C1.2 (Reckless Endangerment During Flight). [Do not apply the 
    adjustment in subsection (b)(4)(D) if the reckless
    
    [[Page 159]]
    
    conduct that created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily 
    injury includes only conduct related to weapon possession or use.]
        10. An `immigration and naturalization offense'' means any offense 
    covered by Chapter 2, Part L.
        11. For purposes of this section, the term ``child'' is defined at 
    section 101(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 1101(b)(1)) and ``spouse'' is defined at section 101(a)(35) of the 
    Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. Sec. 1101(a)(35)).''
        The Commentary to Sec. 2L1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    deleting the following:
        ``A specific offense characteristic provides a reduction if the 
    defendant did not commit the offense for profit. The offense level 
    increases with the number of unlawful aliens smuggled, transported, or 
    harbored.''
        The Commentary to Sec. 2L1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    inserting the following after ``In large scale'':
        ``smuggling or harboring''.
    
    Section 2L2.1 and 2L2.2--Immigration Document Fraud
    
        3. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment implements 
    section 211 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant 
    Responsibility act of 1996. Section 211 directs the Commission to amend 
    the guidelines for offenses related to the fraudulent use of government 
    issued documents. The Commission is directed to:
        ``(A) increase the base offense level for such offenses at least 2 
    offense levels above the level in effect on the date of the enactment 
    of this Act;
        (B) review the sentencing enhancement for the number of documents 
    or passports involved (U.S.S.G. 2L2.1(b)(2)), and increase the upward 
    enhancement by at least 50 percent above the applicable enhancement in 
    effect on the date of the enactment of this Act;
        (C) impose an appropriate sentencing enhancement upon an offender 
    with 1 prior felony conviction arising out of a separate and prior 
    prosecution for an offense that involved the same or similar underlying 
    conduct as the current offense, to be applied in addition to any 
    sentencing enhancement that would otherwise apply pursuant to the 
    calculation of the defendant's criminal history category; . . . [and an 
    additional enhancement for 2 or more priors];''
        The amendment provides for a higher base offense level as required 
    by the legislation. In addition, the amendment provides for a new 
    specific offense characteristic for defendants who have one or more 
    prior convictions for the same or similar conduct--as outlined in the 
    legislation--and adjusts the current specific offense characteristics 
    as directed by the legislation and consistent with other guidelines. 
    Finally, the amendment provides for clarifying commentary.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2L2.1 is amended by deleting ``9'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``[11-13]''.
        Section 2L2.1(b) is amended by deleting:
        ``(1) If the defendant committed the offense other than for profit, 
    decrease by 3 levels.
        (2) If the offense involved six or more documents or passports, 
    increase as follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Number of documents/passports              Increase in level     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A)  6-24..................................  Add 2.                     
    (B)  25-99.................................  Add 4.                     
    (C)  100 or more...........................  Add 6.''                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    and insert in lieu thereof:
        ``(1) [Option 1: If the defendant committed the offense other than 
    for profit and had not been convicted of an immigration and 
    naturalization offense prior to the commission of the instant offense, 
    decrease by 3 levels.]
        [Option 2: If the offense involves documents only related to the 
    defendant's spouse or child, decrease by [2-3] levels.]
        (2) If the offense involved three or more documents or passports, 
    increase as follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Number of documents/passports              Increase in level     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A)  3-5...................................  Add 1.                     
    (B)  6-11..................................  Add 3.                     
    (C)  12-24.................................  Add 5.                     
    (D)  25-99.................................  Add 7.                     
    (E)  100 or more...........................  Add 9.''                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Section 2L2.1(b) is amended by inserting the following additional 
    subdivision:
        ``(3) [Option 1: If the defendant committed the instant offense 
    subsequent to sustaining (A) one conviction for an immigration and 
    naturalization offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two convictions 
    for immigration and naturalization offenses each arising out of 
    separate prosecutions, increase by 4 levels.]
        [Option 2: If the defendant at the time of sentencing had been 
    previously convicted of (A) one immigration and naturalization offense 
    arising out of a separate and prior prosecution, increase by 2 levels; 
    or (B) two immigration and naturalization offenses each arising out of 
    separate prosecutions, increase by 4 levels.]''
        The Commentary to Sec. 2L2.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional notes:
        ``4. Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under 
    subsection (b)(4) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal 
    history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
        5. An ``immigration and naturalization offense'' means any offense 
    covered by Chapter 2, Part L.
        6. For purposes of this section, the term ``child'' is defined at 
    section 101(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 1101(b)(1)) and ``spouse'' is defined at section 101(a)(35) of the 
    Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. Sec. 1101(a)(35)).''
        Section 2L2.2(a) is amended by deleting ``6'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``[8-10]''.
        Section 2L2.2(b) is amended by deleting ``Characteristic'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``Characteristics''; and by inserting the 
    following new subdivision:
        ``(2) [Option 1: If the defendant committed the instant offense 
    subsequent to sustaining (A) one conviction for an immigration and 
    naturalization offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two convictions 
    for immigration and naturalization offenses each arising out of 
    separate prosecutions, increase by 4 levels.]
        [Option 2: If the defendant at the time of sentencing had been 
    previously convicted of (A) one immigration and naturalization offense 
    arising out of a separate and prior prosecution, increase by 2 levels; 
    or (B) two immigration and naturalization offenses each arising out of 
    separate prosecutions, increase by 4 levels.]''
        The Commentary to Sec. 2L2.2 captioned ``Application Note'' is 
    amended by deleting and inserting in lieu thereof ``Notes''; and by 
    inserting the following additional notes:
        ``2. Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under 
    subsection (b)(4) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal 
    history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).
        3. An `immigration and naturalization offense' means any offense 
    covered by Chapter 2, Part L.''.
    
    Section 2H4.1--Involuntary Servitude
    
        4. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment implements 
    section 218 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant 
    Responsibility act of 1996. Section 218 directs the
    
    [[Page 160]]
    
    Commission to review the guideline for peonage, involuntary servitude 
    and slave trade offenses and amend the guideline, as necessary, to:
        ``(A) reduce or eliminate any unwarranted disparity * * * between 
    the sentences for peonage, involuntary servitude, and slave trade 
    offenses, and the sentences for kidnapping offenses and alien 
    smuggling;
        (B) ensure that the applicable guidelines for defendants convicted 
    of peonage, involuntary servitude, and slave trade offenses are 
    sufficiently stringent to deter such offenses and adequately reflect 
    the heinous nature of such offenses; and
        (C) ensure that the guidelines reflect the general appropriateness 
    of enhanced sentences for defendants whose peonage, involuntary 
    servitude, or slave trade offenses involve, (i) a large number of 
    victims; (ii) the use or threatened use of a dangerous weapon; or (iii) 
    a prolonged period of peonage or involuntary servitude.''
        The amendment generally tracks the structure of the kidnapping 
    guideline.
        Section 2H4.1 is amended by deleting the section in its entirety 
    and replacing in lieu thereof the following:
        ``Sec. 2H4.1. Peonage, Involuntary Servitude, and Slave Trade
        (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
        (1) [18-24]
        (b) Specific Offense Characteristics
        (1) (A) If any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening 
    bodily injury, increase by [4-6] levels; (B) if any victim sustained 
    serious bodily injury, increase by [2-4] levels.
        (2) If a dangerous weapon was used, increase by [2-4] levels.
        (3) If any victim was held in a condition of servitude or peonage 
    for (A) more than one year, increase by [3-5] levels; (B) between 180 
    days and one year, increase by [2-4] levels; (C) more than thirty days 
    but less than 180 days, increase by [1-3] level.
        (4) If any other offense was committed during the commission of or 
    in connection with the servitude, peonage, or slave trade offense, 
    increase to the greater of:
        (A) 2 plus the offense level as determined above, or
        (B) 2 plus the offense level from the offense guideline applicable 
    to that other offense, but in no event greater than level 43.
    Commentary
        Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 241, 1581-1588.
        Application Notes:
        1. Under subsection (b)(4), `any other offense * * * committed 
    during the commission of or in connection with the servitude, peonage, 
    or slave trade offense' means any conduct that constitutes an offense 
    under federal, state, or local law (other than an offense that is 
    itself covered under Chapter Two, Part H, Subpart 4). See the 
    Commentary in Sec. 2H1.1 for an explanation of how to treat a count of 
    conviction which sets forth more than one ``other'' offense.
        2. Definitions of `serious bodily injury' and `permanent or life-
    threatening bodily injury' are found in the Commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 
    (Application Instructions).
        3. `A dangerous weapon was used' means that a firearm was 
    discharged, or a `firearm' or `dangerous weapon' was `otherwise used'' 
    (as defined in the Commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 (Application 
    Instructions)).
        4. If the offense involved the holding of more than 10 victims in a 
    condition of involuntary servitude or peonage, an upward departure may 
    be warranted.
        Background: This section covers statutes that prohibit peonage, 
    involuntary servitude, and slave trade. For purposes of deterrence and 
    just punishment, the minimum base offense level is [18-24].''.
        Issue for Comment: Section 218 of the Illegal Immigration Reform 
    and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 directs the Commission to 
    ensure that the guidelines reflect the general appropriateness of 
    enhanced sentences for defendants whose peonage, involuntary servitude, 
    or slave trade offenses involve a large number of victims. The 
    Commission seeks comment on whether the current enhancements provided 
    under the guidelines' multiple count provisions are sufficient to 
    ensure appropriately enhanced sentences when peonage, involuntary 
    servitude, or slave trade offenses involve a large number of victims or 
    whether a new specific offense characteristic for a large number of 
    victims is needed.
    
    Non-Emergency Amendments
    
    Section 3A1.4  Terrorism
    
        5. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment proposes to make 
    permanent the emergency amendment promulgated by the Commission to 
    implement section 730 of the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty 
    Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-132; 110 Stat. 1214). That section gave the 
    Commission emergency authority, under section 21(a) of the Sentencing 
    Act of 1987, to amend the sentencing guidelines so that the Chapter 3 
    adjustment in Sec. 3A1.4, relating to international terrorism, applies 
    more broadly to Federal crimes of terrorism, as defined in section 
    2332b(g) of title 18, United States Code. By vote of the Commission, 
    the emergency amendment became effective November 1, 1996. However, 
    under the terms of section 21(a) of the Sentencing Act of 1987, the 
    emergency amendment will no longer be in effect after submission of the 
    next report to Congress under 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(p) unless in the next 
    report, the Commission submits (and Congress does not disapprove) an 
    amendment to make it permanent.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 3A1.4 is amended in the title by 
    deleting ``International''.
        Section 3A1.4(a) is amended by deleting ``international'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``a federal crime of''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3A1.4 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 in the first sentence by deleting ``international'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``a federal crime of''; and in the second 
    sentence by deleting ``International'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``Federal crime of''; and by deleting ``2331'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``2332b(g)''.
    
    Section 1B1.1  Application Instructions
    
        6. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This is a two-part amendment to 
    Sec. 1B1.1 (Application Instructions). First, the amendment corrects a 
    technical error in Sec. 1B1.1(b). Second, the amendment expands the 
    definition of ``offense'' to specify what is meant by the term 
    ``instant offense.'' This term is used to distinguish the current or 
    ``instant'' offense from prior criminal offenses. Currently, this term 
    is not defined and has repeatedly raised questions about its 
    application. This amendment defines this term to mean the offense of 
    conviction and relevant conduct, unless a different meaning is 
    expressly stated or is otherwise clear from the context.
        Two conforming amendments are necessary. The first conforming 
    amendment adds commentary defining the term ``instant offense'' in 
    relation to Sec. 3C1.1. Section 3C1.1 requires more extensive 
    commentary regarding this term because of the variety of situations 
    covered by this guideline. The second conforming amendment makes 
    explicit that, with respect to Secs. 4B1.1 and 4B1.2, the ``instant 
    offense'' is the offense of conviction. Currently, Sec. 4B1.1 expressly 
    states this in subdivision (2), but not in subdivision (1).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 1B1.1(b) is amended by inserting ``, 
    cross references, and special instructions'' immediately following 
    ``characteristics''.
    
    [[Page 161]]
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1(l) by inserting as the second sentence ``The term 
    `instant' is used in connection with `offense' when, in the context, it 
    is necessary to distinguish the current or `instant' offense from prior 
    criminal offenses.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3C1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional note at the end:
        ``8. `During the investigation or prosecution of the instant 
    offense' means during, and in relation to, the investigation or 
    prosecution of the federal offense of which the defendant is convicted 
    and any offense or related civil violation, committed by the defendant 
    or another person, that was part of the same investigation or 
    prosecution, whether or not such offense resulted in conviction or such 
    violation resulted in the imposition of civil penalties. It is not 
    necessary that the obstructive conduct pertain to the particular count 
    of which the defendant was convicted.
        `During the sentencing of the instant offense' means during, and in 
    relation to, the sentencing phase of the process, including the 
    preparation of the presentence report.''.
        Section 4B1.1 is amended by deleting ``of the instant offense'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``the defendant committed the instant offense 
    of conviction''.
        Section 4B1.2(3) is amended by inserting ``of conviction'' 
    immediately before ``subsequent''.
    
    Section 1B1.2  Applicable Guidelines
    
        7. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment amends Sec. 1B1.2 
    (Applicable Guidelines) and the Statutory Index to clarify that, except 
    as otherwise provided in the Introduction to the Statutory Index, the 
    Statutory Index will specify the Chapter Two offense guideline most 
    applicable to an offense of conviction.
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.2 captioned 
    ``Application Notes'' is amended in Note 1 by deleting ``The Statutory 
    Index (Appendix A) provides a listing to assist in this 
    determination.'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Except as otherwise 
    provided in the Introduction to the Statutory Index, the Statutory 
    Index specifies the offense guideline section(s) in Chapter Two most 
    applicable to the offense of conviction.''; by inserting ``in the 
    Statutory Index'' immediately following ``referenced''; by inserting 
    ``more than one offense guideline section may be referenced in the 
    Statutory Index for that particular statute and'' immediately following 
    ``offense guidelines,''; by inserting ``of the referenced'' immediately 
    following ``determine which''; and by deleting ``section'' immediately 
    before ``applies'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``sections''.
        The Introduction to Appendix A is amended in the first paragraph by 
    inserting ``Therefore, as a general rule, when determining the 
    guideline section from Chapter Two most applicable to the offense of 
    conviction for purposes of Sec. 1B1.1, use the guideline referenced for 
    that statute in this index.'' after the first sentence; deleting ``If, 
    in an atypical case, the guideline section indicated for the statute of 
    conviction is inappropriate because of the particular conduct involved, 
    use the guideline section most applicable to the nature of the offense 
    conduct charged in the count of which the defendant was convicted. (See 
    Sec. 1B1.2.)''; and by inserting ``referenced'' immediately before 
    ``for the substantive''.
        The Introduction to Appendix A (Statutory Index) is amended by 
    moving the second paragraph to the end of the first paragraph.
        The Introduction to Appendix A (Statutory Index) is amended by 
    deleting the second (formerly the third) paragraph as follows:
        ``For those offenses not listed in this index, the most analogous 
    guideline is to be applied. (See Sec. 2X5.1.)''.,
        And inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``However, there are exceptions to the general rule set forth 
    above. If the statute of conviction (1) is not listed in this index; or 
    (2) is listed in this index but the guideline section referenced for 
    that statute is no longer appropriate to cover the offense conduct 
    charged because of changes in law not yet reflected in this index, use 
    the most analogous guideline. (See Sec. 2X5.1.)''.
    
    Section 1B1.3  Relevant Conduct
    
        8. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment incorporates into 
    Sec. 1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) the holding in United States v. Hill, 79 
    F.3d 1477 (6th Cir. 1996), that when two controlled substance 
    transactions are conducted more than one year apart, the fact that the 
    same controlled substance was involved in both transactions is 
    insufficient, without more, to demonstrate that the transactions were 
    part of the ``same course of conduct'' or ``common scheme or plan''.
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.3 captioned 
    ``Application Notes'' is amended in Note 9(B) by deleting ``For 
    example, where'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``If''; and by inserting 
    after the fourth sentence ``For example, if two controlled substance 
    transactions are conducted more than one year apart, the fact that the 
    transactions involved the same controlled substance, without more 
    information, is insufficient to show that they are part of the same 
    course of conduct or common scheme or plan.'' after the fourth 
    sentence.
        9. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment addresses the 
    issue of whether acquitted conduct may be considered for sentencing 
    purposes. Option 1 of this amendment excludes the use of acquitted 
    conduct as a basis for determining the guideline range. Option 1 has 
    two suboptions, either or both of which could be added. Option 1(A) 
    adds the bracketed language, in the guideline and application note, 
    providing that acquitted conduct shall be considered if established 
    independently of evidence admitted at trial. Option 1(B) invites the 
    use of acquitted conduct as a basis for upward departure.
        Option 2 is derived from a ``compromise'' proposal suggested 
    several years ago by the Commission's Practitioners' Advisory Group. It 
    excludes acquitted conduct from consideration in determining the 
    guideline range unless such conduct is established by the ``clear and 
    convincing'' standard, rather than the less exacting ``preponderance of 
    the evidence'' standard generally applicable to the determination of 
    relevant conduct.
        Option 3 expressly provides what currently is arguably implicit in 
    the Relevant Conduct guideline: that acquitted conduct should be 
    evaluated using the same standards as any other form of unconvicted 
    conduct and included in determining the guideline range if those 
    standards are met. However, the amended commentary invites a 
    discretionary downward departure to exclude such conduct if the use of 
    that conduct to enhance the sentence raises substantial concerns of 
    fundamental fairness. It also states what should be the obvious 
    appropriate floor for such a downward departure.
        Proposed Amendment: [Option 1A: Section 1B1.3 is amended by 
    inserting the following new subsection:
        ``(c) Acquitted conduct, i.e., conduct necessarily rejected by the 
    trier of fact in finding the defendant not guilty of a charge, shall 
    not be considered relevant conduct under this section unless it is 
    independently established by evidence not admitted at trial.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by renumbering Note 10 as Note 11 and by inserting the 
    following as new Note 10:
        ``10. Subsection (c) provides that conduct (i.e., acts and 
    omissions) of
    
    [[Page 162]]
    
    which the defendant has been acquitted after trial ordinarily shall not 
    be considered in determining the guideline range. In applying this 
    provision, the court should be mindful that evidence not admissible at 
    trial properly may be considered at sentencing and that application of 
    the guidelines often may involve determinations somewhat different from 
    those necessary for conviction of an offense. For example, the factors 
    necessary to establish the enhancement in Sec. 2D1.1(b)(1) for 
    possession of a weapon in a controlled substance offense are different 
    from the elements necessary to find a defendant guilty of using or 
    carrying a firearm in connection with that offense, in violation of 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 924(c); therefore, an acquittal of that offense would not 
    necessarily foreclose the application of the weapon enhancement. 
    Moreover, even if the defendant is acquitted of a charge under 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 924(c), the weapon enhancement in Sec. 2D1.1(b)(1) may 
    apply if, for example, another person possessed a weapon as part of 
    jointly undertaken criminal activity with the defendant and the 
    possession of the weapon was reasonably foreseeable.''.]
        [Option 1B: Section 1B1.3 is amended by inserting the following new 
    subsection:
        ``(c) Acquitted conduct, i.e., conduct necessarily rejected by the 
    trier of fact in finding the defendant not guilty of a charge, shall 
    not be considered relevant conduct under this section.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by renumbering Note 10 as Note 11 and by inserting the 
    following as new Note 10:
        ``10. Subsection (c) provides that conduct (i.e., acts and 
    omissions) of which the defendant has been acquitted after trial shall 
    not be considered in determining the guideline range. In applying this 
    provision, the court should be mindful that application of the 
    guidelines often may involve determinations somewhat different from 
    those necessary for conviction of an offense. For example, the factors 
    necessary to establish the enhancement in Sec. 2D1.1(b)(1) for 
    possession of a weapon in a controlled substance offense are different 
    from the elements necessary to find a defendant guilty of using or 
    carrying a firearm in connection with that offense, in violation of 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 924(c); therefore, an acquittal of that offense would not 
    necessarily foreclose the application of the weapon enhancement.
        Moreover, even if the defendant is acquitted of a charge under 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 924(c), the weapon enhancement in Sec. 2D1.1(b)(1) may 
    apply if, for example, another person possessed a weapon as part of 
    jointly undertaken criminal activity with the defendant and the 
    possession of the weapon was reasonably foreseeable. Although acquitted 
    conduct may not be used in determining the guideline range, such 
    conduct may provide a basis for an upward departure.''.]
        [Option 2
        Section 1B1.3 is amended by inserting the following new subsection:
        ``(c) Acquitted conduct, i.e., conduct necessarily rejected by the 
    trier of fact in finding the defendant not guilty of a charge, shall 
    not be considered relevant conduct under this section unless such 
    conduct is established by clear and convincing evidence.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by renumbering Note 10 as Note 11 and by inserting the 
    following as new Note 10:
        ``10. Subsection (c) provides that conduct (i.e., acts and 
    omissions) of which the defendant has been acquitted after trial shall 
    not be considered in determining the guideline range unless, 
    considering the evidence admitted at trial and any additional evidence 
    presented at sentencing, such conduct is established by clear and 
    convincing proof.
        In determining whether conduct necessarily was rejected by an 
    acquittal, the court should be mindful that application of the 
    guidelines often may involve determinations different from those 
    necessary for conviction of an offense. For example, the factors 
    necessary to establish the enhancement in Sec. 2D1.1(b)(1) for 
    possession of a weapon in a controlled substance offense are different 
    from the elements necessary to find a defendant guilty of using or 
    carrying a firearm in connection with that offense, in violation of 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 924(c); therefore, an acquittal of that offense would not 
    necessarily foreclose the application of the weapon enhancement. 
    Moreover, even if the defendant is acquitted of a charge under 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 924(c), the weapon enhancement in Sec. 2D1.1(b)(1) may 
    apply if, for example, another person possessed a weapon as part of 
    jointly undertaken criminal activity with the defendant and the 
    possession of the weapon was reasonably foreseeable.''.]
        [Option 3
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by renumbering Note 10 as Note 11 and by inserting the 
    following note as new Note 10:
        ``10. Acquitted conduct, i.e., conduct necessarily rejected by the 
    trier of fact in finding the defendant not guilty of a charge, shall be 
    considered under this section if it otherwise qualifies as relevant 
    conduct within the meaning of this section. However, if the court 
    determines that, considering the totality of circumstances, the use of 
    such conduct as a sentencing enhancement raises substantial concerns of 
    fundamental fairness, a downward departure may be considered. Such a 
    downward departure should not result, in the absence of other 
    appropriate factors, in a sentence lower than the minimum sentence in 
    the guideline range that would apply if such conduct were not 
    considered.''.]
    
    Section 1B1.5  Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines
    
        10. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment simplifies the 
    operation of Chapter Two cross references in two ways: (1) by amending 
    Sec. 1B1.5 (Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines) 
    to provide that only Chapter Two offense levels (not Chapter Two 
    offense levels and Chapter Three adjustments) must be considered in 
    determining whether a cross reference will result in a greater offense 
    level than that provided in the Chapter Two guideline that contains the 
    cross reference provision; and, (2) by amending Sec. 2X1.1 to replace 
    the three-level reduction for certain offenses involving attempts, 
    solicitation and, conspiracy with a downward departure provision (see 
    accompanying memorandum). This amendment also corrects a technical 
    error in Application Note 1 of Sec. 1B1.5.
        (1) Amendment of Sec. 1B1.5--Approximately 32 guideline subsections 
    involving numerous cross references contain a requirement that the 
    cross reference applies only if it results in the greater offense 
    level. Currently, to determine the ``greater offense level,'' a 
    comparison is required taking into account both the Chapter Two offense 
    levels and any applicable Chapter Three adjustments. The inclusion of 
    the Chapter Three adjustments in the comparison significantly increases 
    the complexity of this task.
        This amendment simplifies the guidelines by restricting the 
    comparison to the Chapter Two offense levels, unless a different 
    procedure is expressly specified. The amendment, together with existing 
    guideline language, provides a different procedure with respect to 
    Secs. 2C1.1, 2C1.7, 2E1.1, 2E1.2 because they are the only four offense 
    guidelines in which the inclusion of Chapter Three adjustments in the 
    comparison is likely to make a difference. Although it is possible that 
    there may be a difference under some
    
    [[Page 163]]
    
    other guideline section under some unusual circumstance, such 
    differences will occur extremely rarely, if at all.
        Sections 2E1.1 and 2E1.2 currently expressly provide for a 
    comparison (of the offense level applicable to the underlying activity 
    and the alternative base offense level) including Chapter Three 
    adjustments. There may be cases, for example, in which abuse of a 
    position of trust is accounted for in the offense level applicable to 
    the underlying racketeering activity. If Chapter Three adjustments 
    (including Sec. 3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special 
    Skill)) are not included in the comparison, then abuse of a position of 
    trust would be taken into account only in the offense level applicable 
    to the underlying activity and not with respect to the alternative base 
    offense level.
        Likewise, Secs. 2C1.1 and 2C1.7 currently do not expressly provide 
    for a comparison including Chapter Three adjustments, although under 
    current Sec. 1B1.5 such a comparison is called for. Cases under 
    Secs. 2C1.1 and 2C1.7 would have a different result using a Chapter Two 
    comparison versus a Chapter Two and Three comparison only where the 
    Chapter Two offense level from Sec. 2C1.1 or 2C1.7 was the same as that 
    for the underlying offense, and a 2-level adjustment from Sec. 3B1.3 
    would apply to the underlying offense (an adjustment from Sec. 3B1.3 
    does not apply to an offense level from Sec. 2C1.1 or Sec. 2C1.7). In 
    such case, a 2-level difference would result: that conduct would 
    already be taken into account under Secs. 2C1.1 and 2C1.7 but would not 
    be taken into account in the comparison of the offense level from the 
    underlying offense because the Chapter Three adjustment would not be 
    included. However, such cases should occur relatively infrequently. In 
    FY 1995, there were 220 cases sentenced under Sec. 2C1.1 altogether and 
    26 cases sentenced under 2C1.7.
        To address the cases described above, this amendment requires, as 
    an express exception to the general rule provided for in the amendment, 
    that the comparisons made in Secs. 2C1.1, 2C1.7, 2E1.1, and 2E1.2 
    include Chapter Three adjustments. Application notes are added to 
    Secs. 2C1.1 and 2C1.7 expressly requiring a Chapter Three comparison 
    (and the application notes in Secs. 2E1.1 and 2E1.2 that require the 
    same are retained), without any substantive change.
        (2) Amendment of Sec. 2X1.1--This amendment also proposes deletion 
    of the three-level reduction under Sec. 2X1.1(b) (1), (2), or (3), for 
    attempts, conspiracies, or solicitations not covered by a specific 
    offense guideline, in which the defendant has not completed all the 
    acts necessary for the substantive offense and was not ``about to 
    complete all such acts but for the apprehension or interruption by some 
    similar event beyond the defendant's control.'' In place of the three-
    level reduction, this amendment provides for the possibility of a 
    downward departure under such circumstances. The arguments for 
    eliminating the provisions are: (1) A large number of cases that go to 
    Sec. 2X1.1 theoretically are required to be considered for the 
    reduction, but only a small number qualify for it; (2) on its face the 
    provision should be expected to apply rarely; and (3) the concerns 
    manifested in the provisions can be dealt with adequately through 
    departure. On the other hand, if the three-level reduction is replaced 
    by a departure provision, in the rare case when the requirements for a 
    reduction under subsection (b) are met, the defendant will not have a 
    right to the reduction but must rely on the sentencing judge's exercise 
    of the discretion to depart.
        In FY 1995 there were 1,568 cases in which the highest guideline 
    applied was Sec. 2X1.1(a). Of these, 33 (or 2%) received the three-
    level reduction under subsection (b) (17 for attempt, 13 for 
    conspiracy, and 3 for solicitation). The affirmance rate of appeals of 
    these findings has been very high (90.5% in FY 1995, 85% in FY 1994, 
    and 94.4% in FY 1993).
        Proposed Amendment: Section Sec. 1B1.5(d) is amended by deleting 
    ``final offense level (i.e., the greater offense level taking into 
    account the Chapter Two offense level and any applicable Chapter Three 
    adjustments)'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Chapter Two offense 
    level, except as otherwise expressly provided''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.5 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by deleting ``, (2),'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``and'' immediately after ``Sec. 2D1.2(a)(1)'' and by deleting ``and 
    Sec. 2H1.1(a)(1),''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.5 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 2 by deleting in the second sentence ``greater final''; 
    by deleting ``(i.e., the greater offense level''; by deleting ``both'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``only''; and by deleting ``and any 
    applicable Chapter Three adjustments).''
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.5 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 2 by deleting the second and third sentences and 
    inserting the following in lieu thereof:
        ``, unless the offense guideline expressly provides for 
    consideration of both the Chapter Two offense level and applicable 
    Chapter Three adjustments. For situations in which a comparison 
    involving both Chapters Two and Three is necessary, see the Commentary 
    to Secs. 2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe); 
    2C1.7 (Fraud Involving Deprivation of the Intangible Right to the 
    Honest Services of Public Officials); 2E1.1 (Unlawful Conduct Relating 
    to Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations); and 2E1.2 
    (Interstate or Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of Racketeering 
    Enterprise).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional note:
        7. For the purposes of determining whether to apply the cross 
    references in this section, the ``resulting offense level'' means the 
    greater final offense level (i.e., the offense level determined by 
    taking into account both the Chapter Two offense level and any 
    applicable adjustments from Chapter Three, Parts A-D).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.7 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional note:
        ``6. For the purposes of determining whether to apply the cross 
    references in this section, the ``resulting offense level'' means the 
    greater final offense level (i.e., the offense level determined by 
    taking into account both the Chapter Two offense level and any 
    applicable adjustments from Chapter Three, Parts A-D).''.
        Section Sec. 2X1.1 is amended by deleting subsection (b) in its 
    entirety and redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (b).
        The Commentary to Sec. 2X1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 4 in its entirety and inserting the following 
    in lieu thereof:
        ``4. This guideline applies to attempts, solicitations, or 
    conspiracies that are not covered by a specific offense guideline. In 
    cases to which this guideline applies, a downward departure of up to 
    three levels may be warranted if the defendant is arrested well before 
    the defendant or any co-conspirator has completed the acts necessary 
    for the substantive offense. A downward departure would not be 
    appropriate under this section in cases in which the defendant or a co-
    conspirator completed all the acts such person believed necessary for 
    successful completion of the substantive offense or the circumstances 
    demonstrate that the person was about to complete all such acts but for 
    apprehension or interruption by some similar event
    
    [[Page 164]]
    
    beyond the person's control. A downward departure also would not be 
    appropriate in cases involving solicitation if the statute treats 
    solicitation of the substantive offense identically with the 
    substantive offense, i.e., the offense level in such cases should be 
    the same as that for the substantive offense.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2X1.1 captioned ``Background'' is deleted in 
    its entirety.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 7 in its entirety.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A4.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 5 by deleting ``, subject to a possible 3-level 
    reduction under Sec. 2X1.1(b))''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 9 in its entirety.
    
    Section 1B1.10 Retroactivity of Amended Guideline Range
    
        11. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment responds to 
    recent litigation, including a circuit conflict and inquiries regarding 
    the operation of Sec. 1B1.10 and related statutory provisions.
        The amendment clarifies Commission intent that the designation of 
    an amendment for retroactive application to previously sentenced, 
    imprisoned defendants authorizes only a reduction in the term of 
    imprisonment pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3582(c)(2) (which, in turn, 
    speaks only to modification of a term of imprisonment) and does not 
    open any other components of the sentence (e.g., the term of supervised 
    release) to modification. The amendment further clarifies that the 
    amount of reduction in the prison sentence, subject to the constraints 
    of the amended, reduced guideline range and the amount of time 
    remaining to be served, is within the sound discretion of the court.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 1B1.10 is amended in the title by 
    deleting ``Retroactivity'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Reduction in 
    Term of Imprisonment as a Result''.
        Section 1B1.10(b) is amended by deleting ``sentence'' the first 
    time it appears and inserting in lieu thereof ``the term of 
    imprisonment'', by deleting ``sentence'' the next time it appears and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``term of imprisonment'', and by inserting 
    ``, except that in no event may the reduced term of imprisonment be 
    less than the term of imprisonment the defendant has already served'' 
    immediately before the period at the end of the sentence.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.10 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional note at the end:
        ``3. The determination of whether to grant a reduction in a term of 
    imprisonment under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3582(c)(2) and the amount of such 
    reduction are within the sound discretion of the court, subject to the 
    limitations in subsection (b).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.10 captioned ``Background'' is amended 
    in the third paragraph by inserting ``to determine an amended guideline 
    range under subsection (b)'' immediately before the period at the end 
    of the sentence; and by inserting the adding at the end the following 
    new paragraph:
        ``The listing of an amendment in subsection (c) reflects policy 
    determinations by the Commission that a reduced guideline range is 
    sufficient to achieve the purposes of sentencing and that, in the sound 
    discretion of the court, a reduction in the term of imprisonment may be 
    appropriate for previously sentenced, qualified defendants. The 
    authorization of such a discretionary reduction does not otherwise 
    affect the lawfulness of a previously imposed sentence, does not 
    authorize a reduction in any other component of the sentence, and does 
    not entitle a defendant to a reduced term of imprisonment as a matter 
    of right.''.
    
    Section 2B1.1. Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft; 
    Receiving, Transporting, Transmitting, or Possessing Stolen Property
    
        12. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: (a) Source and Purpose--This 
    amendment addresses a significant interpretive problem involving a 
    specific offense characteristic in the Theft (Sec. 2B1.1) and Fraud 
    (Sec. 2F1.1) guidelines. The problem occurs in connection with the 
    specific offense characteristic under Sec. 2B1.1(b)(6)(B) and 
    Sec. 2F1.1(b)(6)(B), which provides an enhancement of four levels 
    (approximate 50 percent increase) and a floor offense level of 24 (51-
    63 months for a first offender), if the offense ``affected a financial 
    institution and the defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross 
    receipts from the offense.'' The proper interpretation of this language 
    has been the subject of a number of hotline calls and some litigation 
    (although no circuit conflict has yet resulted). Staff review of the 
    Theft and Fraud guidelines has raised this matter for possible 
    Commission attention.
        (b) Number of affected cases--FY '95 monitoring data are unable to 
    distinguish cases that received the similar enhancement for 
    substantially jeopardizing the safety and soundness of a financial 
    institution (under Sec. 2B1.1(b)(6)(A) and Sec. 2F1.1(b)(6)(A)) from 
    this particular enhancement under paragraph (B). One or the other 
    enhancement was applied in 37 (0.6%) of 6,019 fraud cases and 28 (0.9%) 
    of 3,142 theft (Sec. 2B1.1) cases. This amendment could decrease the 
    frequency with which this particular enhancement is given. The 
    amendment proposes to delete the four-level enhancement in paragraph 
    (B), while retaining the minimum offense level of 24 (because that is 
    all the directive requires). This could affect as many as 27 of the 
    fraud cases (i.e., 27 of the fraud cases received a 4-level enhancement 
    while 10 were affected by the floor of 24) and 2 of the theft cases 
    (i.e., 2 of the 28 cases received a 4-level enhancement while 26 were 
    affected by the floor of 24).
        (c) Scope of Amendment--This amendment would continue to apply the 
    enhancement to a broader spectrum of cases than minimally required 
    under the congressional directive. However, the commentary would state 
    that the offense must be perpetrated against one or more financial 
    institutions and the defendant's $1 million must be derived entirely 
    from one or more financial institutions. The definition for ``gross 
    receipts'' in the commentary would be amended to clarify that ``gross 
    receipts from the offense'' includes property under the control of, or 
    in the custody of, the financial institution for a second party, e.g., 
    a depositor. The Background Commentary would also be amended to reflect 
    the Commission's intent to implement the congressional directive more 
    broadly.
        Proposed Amendment: Section Sec. 2B1.1(b)(6) is amended by deleting 
    ``(A)''; by deleting ``; or'' immediately following ``institution'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof a ``,'' ; and by deleting subsection (B) in 
    its entirety.
        Section Sec. 2B1.1 is amended by inserting the following additional 
    subsection:
        ``(7) If (A) obtaining or retaining the gross receipts of one or 
    more financial institutions was an object of the offense, (B) the 
    defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from such 
    institutions, and (C) the offense level as determined above is less 
    than level 24, increase to level 24.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 11 by inserting at the beginning the following:
        ``For purposes of subsection (b)(7), `gross receipts' means any 
    moneys, funds, credits, assets, securities, or other real or personal 
    property, whether tangible or intangible, owned by, or
    
    [[Page 165]]
    
    under the custody or control of, a financial institution, that are 
    obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense. See 18 
    U.S.C. Secs. 982(a)(4), 1344.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 11 by deleting in the second sentence (formerly the 
    first sentence) ``from the offense,''; by deleting ``(6)(B)'' 
    immediately following ``(b)''; and by deleting ``generally'' 
    immediately following ``(7),''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 11 by deleting the third sentence (formerly the second 
    sentence) in its entirety.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended in 
    the sixth paragraph by deleting ``Subsection'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``Subsections''; by deleting ``(A)'' immediately following 
    ``(b)(6)'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``and (b)(7)''; by deleting 
    ``implements'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``implement''; by deleting 
    ``instruction'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``instructions''; and by 
    inserting ``and section 2507 of Public Law 101-647, respectively'' 
    immediately following ``101-73''.
        Section 2F1.1(b)(6) is amended by deleting ``(A)''; by deleting ``; 
    or'' immediately following ``institution'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof a ``,'' ; and by deleting (B) in its entirety.
        Section 2F1.1(b) is amended by inserting the following additional 
    subsection:
        ``(7) If (A) obtaining or retaining the gross receipts of one or 
    more financial institutions was an object of the offense, (B) the 
    defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from such 
    institutions, and (C) the offense level as determined above is less 
    than level 24, increase to level 24.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 16 by deleting in the first sentence ``from the 
    offense,''; by deleting ``(6)(B)'' immediately following ``(b)''; and 
    by deleting ``generally'' immediately following ``(7),''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 16 by deleting the second sentence in its entirety.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 16 by inserting at the beginning the following:
        ``For purposes of subsection (b)(7), `gross receipts' means any 
    moneys, funds, credits, assets, securities, or other real or personal 
    property, whether tangible or intangible, owned by, or under the 
    custody or control of, a financial institution, that are obtained 
    directly or indirectly as a result of such offense. See 18 U.S.C. 
    Secs. 982(a)(4), 1344.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended in 
    the seventh paragraph by deleting ``Subsection'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``Subsections'';
        By deleting ``(A)'' immediately following ``(b)(6)'' and inserting 
    in lieu thereof ``and (b)(7)'';
        By deleting ``implements'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``implement'';
        By deleting ``instruction'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``instructions'';
        And by inserting ``and section 2507 of Public Law 101-647, 
    respectively'' immediately following ``101-73''.
    
    Section 5A1.1  Sentencing Table
    
        13. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This is a two-part amendment. 
    First, this amendment incorporates the Sentencing Table into a new 
    guideline at Sec. 5A1.1, in response to questions about the legal 
    status of the Sentencing Table. By incorporating the Sentencing Table 
    into a guideline, this amendment also uses a construct for the 
    Sentencing Table that is consistent with the construct used for other 
    tables in the Guidelines Manual, such as the Drug Quantity Table in 
    Sec. 2D1.1.
        Second, this amendment addresses an arguably unwarranted ``cliff'' 
    in the Sentencing Table between offense levels 42 and 43. Under the 
    current table, offense level 42 prescribes guideline ranges of 360 
    months to life imprisonment for each criminal history category. Offense 
    level 43, in comparison, prescribes a guideline sentence of life for 
    each criminal history category.
        There is evidence that the Commission initially intended to 
    preserve level 43 and its resulting life sentence requirement for the 
    most egregious law violators; i.e., those convicted of first degree 
    murder, including felony murder, and treason. Note, for example, the 
    wording of Application Note 1 to Sec. 2A1.1: ``The Commission has 
    concluded that in the absence of capital punishment life imprisonment 
    is the appropriate punishment for premeditated killing.'' However, in 
    providing for a sentencing table with a continuous series of offense 
    levels, the Commission actually made it possible for those most serious 
    categories of criminals to be subject to offense levels less than 43 
    (and, hence, to guideline ranges that do not require a life sentence), 
    if mitigating guideline adjustments apply. Conversely, the continuous 
    nature of the Sentencing Table also can result in defendants who commit 
    less inherently serious crimes; i.e., those carrying base offense 
    levels less than 43, receiving an offense level of 43 (and, hence, a 
    required life sentence) as a result of applicable aggravating guideline 
    adjustments (e.g., aggravating role, weapon enhancement). Prior to a 
    1994 amendment reducing the quantity-based offense level in the drug 
    table from 42 to 38, this latter situation occurred more frequently 
    than it occurs now.
        Nevertheless, in those infrequent cases, when a defendant whose 
    base offense level is less than 43 becomes subject to guideline 
    enhancements that result in a final, adjusted offense level of 43 or 
    more, a ``mandatory'' guideline sentence of life imprisonment may not 
    be warranted. In the last several years, a number of judges have 
    written or called the Commission to express concern about what they see 
    as an anomalous, unwarranted ``cliff'' between level 42 (range of 360 
    months to life) and level 43 (life), particularly in the case of a very 
    young defendant who has a remaining life expectancy exceeding 30 years. 
    Those who have contacted the Commission about this sentencing table 
    phenomenon have pointed out that, for younger defendants, there may be 
    a definite qualitative as well as a quantitative difference between a 
    sentence of 30 or more years and a non-parolable sentence of life. In 
    some of these cases, the applicability of a guideline enhancement of 
    one or two offense levels can turn a very lengthy, deserved sentence 
    into a life sentence that may not be warranted and, according to some 
    who have commented, may even raise Eighth Amendment concerns.
        The second part of this amendment addresses this concern by making 
    level 42 the offense level upper limit in the sentencing table, unless 
    the defendant was subject to an offense level of 43 as a result of the 
    application of Sec. 2A1.1 (First Degree Murder), Sec. 2M1.1 (Treason), 
    or other guideline provision that elevates the offense level to level 
    43 because of the death of a person. In such cases, level 43 and its 
    associated life sentence would continue to apply. This approach 
    preserves level 43 for the most egregious cases while providing a range 
    of 360 months to life for all other cases that reach level 42 through 
    guideline enhancements.
        This amendment can be expected to affect a relatively small number 
    (perhaps 30-40) of cases, based on FY 1995 monitoring data. In FY 1995, 
    80 defendants received a final offense level of 43. Of these, 28 would 
    not be affected because level 43 was received via Sec. 2A1.1 (First 
    Degree Murder); (there
    
    [[Page 166]]
    
    were no Sec. 2M1.1 (Treason) cases.) Of the 52 remaining defendants at 
    final offense level 43, 34 received a life sentence. The amendment 
    could be expected to impact approximately this number of defendants, 
    some of whom might still receive a life sentence because the judge 
    elected to impose it.
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 2A1.1 captioned 
    ``Application Notes'' is amended in Note 1 by deleting ``life 
    imprisonment is the appropriate punishment for premeditated killing'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``a defendant who commits premeditated 
    murder should be sentenced at the highest offense level under the 
    Sentencing Table (subject to any applicable adjustments from Chapter 
    Three)'' ; and by deleting the second, third, and fourth sentences.
        Chapter Five--Determining the Sentence is amended in Part A--
    Sentencing Table by deleting ``The Sentencing Table used to determine 
    the guideline range follows:'' and inserting in lieu thereof:
    ``Sec. 5A1.1  Sentencing Table
        (a) The Sentencing Table used to determined the guideline range is 
    set forth in subsection (b).''.
        Chapter Five--Determining the Sentence is amended in Part A--
    Sentencing Table by inserting ``(b)'' in the title of the Sentencing 
    Table.
        The Commentary to Sentencing Table is amended in Note 2 by deleting 
    ``An offense level of more than 43 is to be treated as an offense level 
    of 43.'' and inserting the following in lieu thereof:
        ``A total offense level of more than 42 is to be treated as an 
    offense level of 42. However, if the final offense level is 43 or more 
    as a result of the application of Sec. 2A1.1 (First Degree Murder), 
    Sec. 2M1.1 (Treason), or another guideline provision (including a cross 
    reference to Sec. 2A1.1) that increases the offense level to level 43 
    because the offense involved first degree murder or resulted in death, 
    the offense level is to be treated as an offense level of 43.''.
    
    Section 2B3.1  Robbery
    
        14. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: (a) Source and Purpose--This 
    amendment addresses a split among the circuit courts regarding the 
    application of the ``express threat of death'' enhancement in 
    Sec. 2B3.1 (Robbery).
        The majority, relying on the Commission's discussion in Application 
    Note 6, holds that the enhancement applies when the combination of the 
    defendant's actions and words would instill in a reasonable person in 
    the position of the immediate victim (e.g., a bank teller) a greater 
    amount of fear than necessary to commit the bank robbery. Pursuant to 
    this approach, the enhancement applies even when the defendant's 
    statement does not indicate distinctly an intent to kill the victim; it 
    is sufficient that the victim infers from the defendant's conduct that 
    a threat of death was made. See United States v. Robinson, 86 F.3d 
    1197, 1202 (D.C. Cir. 1996) (enhancement applies if (1) a reasonable 
    person in the position of the immediate victim would very likely 
    believe the defendant made a threat and the threat was to kill; and (2) 
    the victim likely thought his life was in peril); United States v. 
    Murray, 65 F.3d 1161, 1167 (4th Cir. 1995) (``any combination of 
    statements, gestures, or actions that would put an ordinary victim in 
    reasonable fear for his or her life is an express threat of death''); 
    United States v. France, 57 F.3d 865, 868 (9th Cir. 1995) (``[a]n 
    express threat need not be specific in order to instill the requisite 
    level of fear in a reasonable person''); United States v. Hunn, 24 F.3d 
    994 (7th Cir. 1994) (combination of defendant's note and his gesture 
    that he was pointing a gun through his pocket at the teller would be 
    understood by a reasonable victim as a death threat); United States v. 
    Bell, 12 F.3d 139 (8th Cir. 1993) (upholding enhancement based on 
    demand note's statement ``Make any sudden moves alert anyone I'll pull 
    the pistol in this purse and the shooting will start!''); United States 
    v. Smith, 973 F.2d 1374, 1378 (8th Cir. 1992) (combination of 
    threatening statements to teller and gesture that defendant had a gun 
    instilled greater fear than necessary to commit the robbery).
        The minority holds that only what the defendant does or says, not 
    what the victim infers, should be used to assess whether an express 
    threat of death was made within the meaning of the robbery guideline. 
    United States v. Alexander, 88 F.3d 427, 431 (6th Cir. 1996) (``a 
    defendant's statement must distinctly and directly indicate that the 
    defendant intends to kill or otherwise cause the death of the 
    victim''); United States v. Tuck, 964 F.2d 1079 (11th Cir. 1992) 
    (same); see also United States v. Hunn, 24 F.3d at 999-1000 
    (Easterbrook, J., dissenting). The Sixth Circuit also held that the 
    commentary examples and the Commission's underlying intent at 
    Application Note 6 are not controlling because they are inconsistent 
    with the plain meaning of ``express'' in Sec. 2B3.1(b)(2)(F). United 
    States v. Alexander, 88 F.3d at 431 (referring to Stinson v. United 
    States, 508 U.S. 36 (1993)).
        (b) Policy Considerations--The major policy consideration is how 
    strictly the Commission intends for the threat of death enhancement to 
    apply; i.e., must the defendant explicitly threaten death in order for 
    the enhancement to apply.
        (c) Number of Affected Cases--In FY 1995, the enhancement is 
    applied in 169 out of 1,488 cases (or 11.4% of the cases) sentenced 
    under the robbery guideline.
        (d) Amendment Options--This amendment adopts the majority view and 
    clarifies the Commission's intent to enhance offense levels for 
    defendants whose intimidation of the victim exceeds that amount 
    necessary to constitute an element of a robbery offense. The amendment 
    deletes the reference to ``express'' in Sec. 2B3.1(b)(2)(F) and 
    provides for a two-level enhancement ``if a threat of death was made''.
        Proposed Amendment: Section Sec. 2B3.1(b)(2)(F) is amended by 
    deleting ``an express'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``a''.
        Option 1:
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B3.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 6 by deleting ``An express'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``A '' ``;
        By deleting the second sentence in its entirety and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``Accordingly, the defendant does not have to state 
    expressly his intent to kill the victim in order for the enhancement to 
    apply.'';
        And by deleting in the third sentence ``the underlying'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``this''.
        Option 2:
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B3.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 6 by deleting ``An express'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``A '' ``;
        By deleting the second sentence in its entirety and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``Accordingly, the defendant does not have to state 
    expressly his intent to kill the victim in order for the enhancement to 
    apply.'';
        By deleting in the third sentence ``the underlying'' and inserting 
    in lieu thereof ``this''; and by deleting ``significantly greater fear 
    than that necessary to constitute an element of the offense of 
    robbery'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``a fear of death''.
        15. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment addresses the 
    Carjacking Correction Act of 1996, Pub.L. 104-217; 110 Stat. 3020. 
    Section 2 of that Act amends 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2119(2), which (A) makes it 
    unlawful to take a motor vehicle by force and violence or by 
    intimidation, with intent to cause death or serious bodily harm, and 
    (B) provides for a term of
    
    [[Page 167]]
    
    imprisonment of not more than 25 years if serious bodily injury 
    results. As amended by the Carjacking Correction Act of 1996, 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 2119(2) includes aggravated sexual abuse under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241 
    and sexual abuse under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2242 within the meaning of 
    ``serious bodily injury''. Therefore, a defendant will be subject to 
    the 25-year statutory maximum under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2119(2) if the 
    defendant commits a carjacking and rapes the carjacking victim during 
    the carjacking.
        In addition, this amendment amends Sec. 2B3.1(b)(1) to provide 
    cumulative enhancements if the offense involved bank robbery and 
    carjacking. Currently, Sec. 2B3.1 provides a 2-level enhancement either 
    for bank robbery or for carjacking; it does not provide separate 
    enhancements for those factors.
        Two options are presented. Option 1 is a fairly narrow response to 
    the Act. It amends Application Note 1 of Sec. 2B3.1 (Robbery, 
    Extortion, and Blackmail), the guideline which covers carjacking 
    offenses under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2119 (and only that guideline) to provide 
    that ``serious bodily injury'' includes aggravated sexual abuse under 
    18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241 and sexual abuse under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2242.
        Option 2 is a broader response to the Act. It expands the 
    definition of ``serious bodily injury'' under Sec. 1B1.1. Option 2 
    makes this broader definition generally applicable to Chapter Two 
    offense guidelines which contain a ``serious bodily injury'' 
    enhancement. The sexual abuse guideline, Sec. 2A3.1, in turn is amended 
    to make clear that, for purposes of that guideline, the ``serious 
    bodily injury'' enhancement covers conduct other than aggravated sexual 
    abuse and sexual abuse, which are inherent in the conduct covered by 
    that guideline.
        Option 2 also clarifies the guideline definition of serious bodily 
    injury by inserting the word ``protracted'' immediately preceding the 
    word ``impairment''. Statutes defining serious bodily injury 
    consistently use the term ``protracted'' before ``impairment'' (e.g., 
    18 U.S.C. Secs. 831, 1365, 1864; 21 U.S.C. Sec. 802). Without use of 
    the term ``protracted'', even a temporary impairment such as a 
    ``sprained wrist'' would fall within the definition of serious bodily 
    injury, as would the throwing of sand or pepper in someone's face to 
    temporarily impair vision. Finally, Option 2 removes two sentences of 
    commentary that are unhelpful.
    [Option 1
        Section 2B3.1(b)(1) is amended by deleting ``(A)'' immediately 
    following ``If'', and by deleting ``or (B) the offense involved 
    carjacking,''.
        Section 2B3.1 is amended by renumbering subdivisions (5) and (6) as 
    subdivisions (6) and (7) respectively and inserting the following as a 
    new subdivision (5):
        ``(5) If the offense involved carjacking, increase by 2 levels.''.
        Section 2B3.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is amended in Note 1 
    by inserting ``For purposes of this guideline--'' immediately before 
    ``Firearm,'' and inserting ``In addition, `serious bodily injury--' 
    includes conduct constituting criminal sexual abuse under 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 2241 or Sec. 2242 or any similar offense under state law.'' 
    immediately after ``Instructions).''.
    [Option 2
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1(b) by deleting ``As used in the guidelines, the 
    definition of this term is somewhat different than that used in various 
    statutes.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1(j) by inserting ``protracted'' immediately before 
    ``impairment''; and by deleting ``As used in the guidelines, the 
    definition of this term is somewhat different than that used in various 
    statutes.'' and inserting in lieu thereof `` `Serious bodily injury' 
    includes conduct constituting criminal sexual abuse under 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 2241 or Sec. 2242 or any similar offense under state law.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A3.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by inserting ``For purposes of this guideline'' 
    immediately before ```Permanent''; and by inserting the following as 
    the last sentence:
        ``However, for purposes of this guideline, `serious bodily injury' 
    means conduct other than criminal sexual abuse, which already is taken 
    into account in the base offense level under subsection (a).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A3.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by inserting the following as the last paragraph:
        ``The means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241 (a) or (b)'' are: by 
    using force against the victim; by threatening or placing the victim in 
    fear that any person will be subject to death, serious bodily injury, 
    or kidnapping; by rendering the victim unconscious; or by administering 
    by force or threat of force, or without the knowledge or permission of 
    the victim, a drug, intoxicant, or other similar substance and thereby 
    substantially impairing the ability of the victim to appraise or 
    control conduct. This provision would apply, for example, where any 
    dangerous weapon was used, brandished, or displayed to intimidate the 
    victim.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A3.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 2 in its entirety; and by renumbering Notes 3-
    7 as Notes 2-6 respectively.
        Section 2B3.1(b)(1) is amended by deleting ``(A)'' immediately 
    after ``If''; by deleting ``or (B) the offense involved carjacking,'' 
    immediately before ``increase''.
        Section 2B3.1(b) is amended by renumbering subdivisions (5) and (6) 
    as subdivisions (6) and (7) respectively, and by inserting the 
    following as a new subdivision (5):
        ``(5) If the offense involved carjacking, increase by 2 levels.''.
    
    Section 2B5.1  Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the 
    United States
    
        16. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This is a three-part amendment. 
    First, this amendment addresses section 807(h) of the Antiterrorism and 
    Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996. That section requires the 
    Commission to amend the sentencing guidelines to provide an appropriate 
    enhancement for a defendant convicted of an international 
    counterfeiting offense under 18 U.S.C.Sec. 470. The amendment adds a 
    specific offense characteristic in Sec. 2B5.1 (Offenses Involving 
    Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States) to provide a two-
    level enhancement if the offense occurred outside the United States.
        Second, this amendment moves the coverage of offenses involving 
    altered bearer instruments of the United States from Sec. 2F1.1 (Fraud 
    and Deceit; Forgery; Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit 
    Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United 
    States) to Sec. 2B5.1 (Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer 
    Obligations of the United States). Currently, Sec. 2B5.1 covers 
    counterfeit bearer obligations of the United States. Section 2F1.1 
    covers altered bearer obligations of the United States. The offense 
    level in Sec. 2B5.1 is one-level higher than sophisticated fraud (i.e., 
    fraud and more than minimal planning) under Sec. 2F1.1 throughout the 
    range of loss values. There are two reasons for moving offenses 
    involving altered bearer instruments of the United States from 
    Sec. 2F1.1 to Sec. 2B5.1: (A) theoretical consistency, and (B) 
    simplicity of guideline operation.
        (A) Theoretical Consistency. The higher offense level for offenses 
    involving counterfeit bearer obligations of the United States reflects 
    the lower
    
    [[Page 168]]
    
    level of scrutiny realistically possible in transactions involving 
    currency and the absence of any requirement that the person passing the 
    currency produce identification. Under this rationale, however, altered 
    bearer obligations of the United States seem to belong with counterfeit 
    bearer obligation of the United States, rather than with other 
    counterfeit or altered instruments.
        (B) Simplicity of Guideline Operation. As a practical matter, the 
    distinction between an altered instrument and a counterfeit instrument 
    is not always clear. For example, if a genuine one-dollar bill is 
    bleached and a photocopy of a twenty-dollar bill made using the genuine 
    note paper, is the resulting twenty-dollar bill a counterfeit bill or 
    an altered bill? In one recent case, a defendant made photocopies of 
    twenty-dollar bills, then cut out the presidential picture of genuine 
    twenty-dollar bills and switched pictures (using the genuine picture 
    with the photocopied bill and the photocopied picture with the 
    otherwise genuine bill). Is the photocopied bill with the genuine 
    presidential picture a counterfeit or an altered instrument? This 
    amendment simplifies the guidelines by handling this conduct in the 
    same offense guideline, thus avoiding any difference based upon such 
    very fine distinctions.
        Third, this amendment clarifies the operation of Sec. 2B5.1 
    (Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United 
    States) in two respects to address issues raised in litigation. It 
    deletes a phrase in Application Note 3 concerning photocopying a note 
    that could lead to the inappropriate conclusion that an enhancement 
    from subsection (b)(2) does not apply even to sophisticated copying of 
    notes. It also adds an application note to provide expressly that items 
    clearly not intended for circulation are not counted under subsection 
    (b)(1).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2B5.1 is amended in the title by 
    inserting ``or Altered'' immediately following ``Counterfeit''.
        Section 2B5.1(b) (1) and (b)(2) are both amended by inserting ``or 
    altered'' immediately following ``counterfeit''.
        Section 2B5.1(b) is amended by inserting the following new 
    subdivision at the end:
        ``(4) If the offense was committed outside the United States, 
    increase by 2 levels.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B5.1 captioned ``Statutory Provision'' is 
    amended by deleting ``471'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``470''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B5.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 2, renumbering Note 1 as Note 2 and inserting 
    the following as the new Note 1:
        ``1. For purposes of this guideline, ``United States'' means each 
    of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of 
    Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, 
    and American Samoa.'';
        In Note 2 (formerly Note 1) by inserting ``or altering'' 
    immediately following ``counterfeiting'';
        By renumbering Note 3 as Note 4 and inserting the following as the 
    new Note 3:
        ``3. For the purposes of subsection (b)(1), do not count items that 
    clearly were not intended for circulation (e.g., items that are so 
    defective that they are unlikely to be accepted even if subjected to 
    only minimal scrutiny). However, partially completed items that would 
    have been completed but for the discovery of the offense should be 
    counted for purposes of such subsection.'';
        And in Note 4 (formerly Note 3) by deleting ``merely photocopy 
    notes or otherwise''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B5.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    inserting ``alters bearer obligations of the United States or'' 
    immediately before ``produces''.
        Section 2F1.1 is amended in the title by inserting ``Altered or'' 
    immediately following ``than''.
    
    Section 2D1.6  Use of Communication Facility in Committing Drug Offense
    
        17. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment clarifies the 
    operation of Secs. 2D1.6 (Use of Communication Facility in Committing 
    Drug Offense; Attempt or Conspiracy), 2E1.1 (Unlawful Conduct Relating 
    to Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations), 2E1.2 (Interstate 
    or Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of a Racketeering 
    Enterprise), and 2E1.3 (Violent Crimes in Aid of Racketeering Activity) 
    in a manner consistent with the operation of Sec. 1B1.2 (Applicable 
    Guidelines) governing the selection of the offense guideline section. 
    This amendment addresses a circuit conflict by specifying that the 
    ``underlying offense'', for purposes of these guidelines, is determined 
    on the basis of the conduct of which the defendant was convicted. 
    Compare United States v. McCall, 915 F.2d 811 (2d Cir. 1990) with 
    United States v. Carrozza, 4 F.3d 70 (1st Cir. 1993). In addition, this 
    amendment deletes an application note from Secs. 2E1.1, 2E1.2, and 
    2E1.3 that is unnecessary and is not included in other sections of the 
    Guidelines Manual.
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 2D1.6 captioned 
    ``Application Notes'' is amended by deleting ``Note'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``Notes'', by renumbering Note 1 as Note 2, by inserting 
    the following as new Note 1:
        ``1. `Offense level applicable to the underlying offense'' means 
    the offense level determined by using the offense guideline applicable 
    to the controlled substance offense that the defendant was convicted of 
    using a communication facility to commit, cause, or facilitate.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2E1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by deleting ``Where there is more than one underlying 
    offense'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``The `offense level applicable 
    to the underlying racketeering activity' under subsection (a)(2) means 
    the offense level under the applicable offense guideline, as determined 
    under the provisions of Sec. 1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines)(i.e., on the 
    basis of the conduct of which the defendant was convicted). In the case 
    of more than one underlying offense (for this determination, apply the 
    provisions of Application Note 5 of the Commentary to Sec. 1B1.2 as if 
    in a conspiracy case)''; by inserting ``apply Chapter Three, Parts A, 
    B, and C to subsection (a)(1), and'' immediately following ``level,'', 
    by deleting ``both (a)(1) and'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``subsection''; by deleting Note 3, and by renumbering the remaining 
    notes accordingly.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2E1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by deleting ``Where there is more than one underlying 
    offense'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``The `offense level applicable 
    to the underlying crime of violence or other unlawful activity' under 
    subsection (a)(2) means the offense level under the applicable offense 
    guideline, as determined under the provisions of Sec. 1B1.2 (Applicable 
    Guidelines) (i.e., on the basis of the conduct of which the defendant 
    was convicted). In the case of more than one underlying offense (for 
    this determination, apply the provisions of Application Note 5 of the 
    Commentary to Sec. 1B1.2 as if in a conspiracy case)'',
        The Commentary to Sec. 2E1.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting ``Notes'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Note''; 
    in Note 1 by adding the following as the first sentence:
        ``The `offense level applicable to the underlying crime or 
    racketeering activity'' under subsection (a)(2) means the offense level 
    under the applicable offense guideline, as determined under the 
    provisions of Sec. 1B1.2 (Applicable
    
    [[Page 169]]
    
    Guidelines)(i.e., on the basis of the conduct of which the defendant 
    was convicted).'';
        And by deleting Note 2.
    
    Fraud, Theft, and Tax Offenses
    
    Chapter Two, Parts B, F, and T (Theft, Fraud, and Tax)
    
        18. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment makes the 
    following changes to guideline Secs. 2B1.1, 2F1.1, and 2T4.1: (1) 
    Eliminates the more-than-minimal-planning enhancement in Secs. 2B1.1 
    and 2F1.1 and other guidelines, and builds a corresponding increase 
    into the loss tables, and creates a two-level enhancement like the one 
    in Sec. 2T4.1 for offenses involving ``sophisticated means''; (2) 
    increases the base offense level of Sec. 2B1.1 (the theft guideline) 
    and revises the loss tables in Secs. 2B1.1, 2F1.1, and 2T4.1 (theft, 
    fraud, and tax offenses, respectively); (3) changes the current one-
    level increments in the loss tables in Secs. 2B1.1, 2F1.1, and 2T4.1 
    (to two-level increments or a combination of one and two-level 
    increments); (4) increases the severity of the loss tables in 
    Secs. 2B1.1, 2F1.1, and 2T4.1 at higher loss amounts; (5) adds 
    telemarketing enhancements to Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1; (6) adds a cross 
    reference in Sec. 2F1.1 for offenses involving arson; and (7) makes 
    conforming technical changes.
        (1) Elimination of More-than-Minimal-Planning Enhancement for 
    Sophisticated Means.
        First, the amendment eliminates the specific offense characteristic 
    for more-than-minimal planning from the theft and fraud guidelines (and 
    a number of other guidelines), and phases in a corresponding increase 
    in the loss tables (or, in the case of option 3, into the base offense 
    level). Arguments for revising or eliminating the ``more than minimal 
    planning'' specific offense characteristic include: (I) the workload 
    (and related litigation) burden of the provision is considerable; in 
    each of the over 9,000 cases sentenced under these guidelines, some 
    consideration is given to whether this SOC is applicable; (ii) the 
    definition of more than minimal planning is arguably unclear or 
    ambiguous; (iii) past Commission studies have shown that the provision 
    is applied unevenly, thus contributing to unwarranted disparity; and 
    (iv) the adjustment is applied with such frequency, particularly at 
    higher dollar amounts, that it arguably should be built into the loss 
    table or even the base offense level. (The more-than-minimal planning 
    adjustment is applied in 58.7% of all cases sentenced under Sec. 2B1.1; 
    of all cases under Sec. 2F1.1, it is applied in 82.5% (and over 89% of 
    cases involving loss amounts greater than $10,000)).
        The amendment proposes creating a two-level specific offense 
    characteristic in Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1 (and other guidelines that 
    currently have a more-than-minimal planning enhancement) that would 
    apply if ``sophisticated means'' were used to impede discovery of the 
    existence or extent of the offense (with a floor of level 12). 
    Replacing the more-than-minimal planning enhancement with one for 
    sophisticated means will increase the fact-finding and application 
    burden compared to just deleting the more-than-minimal planning 
    enhancement. In addition, in the proposed loss table options at levels 
    at or above the point where the two levels from more-than-minimal 
    planning are automatically built into the loss table, defendants who 
    would receive the new two-level enhancement for sophisticated means 
    would effectively receive an additional two-level increase, in addition 
    to any others provided in this amendment. It is unclear how many cases 
    would be affected by this new enhancement. In conjunction with the 
    addition of this enhancement, it is proposed that the current specific 
    offense characteristic involving use of foreign bank accounts found at 
    subsection (b)(5) (providing a floor of 12 for such offenses), be 
    deleted and incorporated into the definition of ``sophisticated means'' 
    for all guidelines that currently have a more-than-minimal planning 
    enhancement. In FY 1995, of the 6,019 cases sentenced under Sec. 2F1.1, 
    3 (.05%) received the enhancement for use of foreign bank accounts.
        (2) Amendments to Loss Tables.
        Three options are presented for changes to the loss tables for the 
    theft and fraud guidelines. A corresponding change is proposed to the 
    tax loss table in Sec. 2T4.1 (for options 1 and 2; if option 3 is 
    chosen, a conforming tax loss table will be prepared). Depending on the 
    option chosen, the necessity of factual findings for the lowest loss 
    amounts is eliminated by building these loss amounts into the base 
    offense level.
        Options 1 and 2 of this proposal provide identical base offense 
    levels of 6 for the theft and fraud guidelines. Option 3 provides a 
    base offense level of 8.
        (3) Loss Tables--Two-level Increments.
        Second, in options one and three the loss tables are changed from 
    the current one-level increments to two-level increments, so that 
    broader ranges of dollar loss are assigned to a particular offense 
    level increase. Option two generally retains one-level increments, but 
    provides two-level increments for losses above $2,000 and $5,000, and 
    for loss increments above $5,000,000. Option two retains cutting points 
    that are very similar to the current loss tables, but has no consistent 
    pattern in the selection of the cutting points.
        Several arguments suggest use of two-level increments in the loss 
    tables, as proposed in Options One and Three: (i) Reduction in 
    probation officer and judicial workload (broader loss ranges will 
    produce fewer ``cutting points''; for example, a two-level loss table--
    with no other changes--would go from 18 to 10 cutting points); (ii) 
    increased consistency with other offense guidelines (most alternative 
    base offense levels and specific offense characteristics increase by at 
    least two-level increments; for example, the drug table); and (iii) a 
    table with two-level increments is less mechanistic and lessens the 
    appearance of false precision compared to the current structure. On the 
    other hand, one-level increments provide a smoother increase in levels 
    relative to loss amounts, with a minimized ``cliff'' effect and 
    somewhat greater proportionality.
        (4) Loss Tables--Increased Severity at Higher Loss Amounts.
        Fourth, all three options provide for increases in the severity 
    levels assigned to the higher loss amounts, in addition to the increase 
    built into the table (or base offense level) in response to the 
    elimination of the more-than-minimal planning adjustment.
        There are several reasons why consideration should be given to 
    raising the severity levels for cases involving the largest loss 
    amounts. First, the draft report of the Commission-sponsored ``just 
    punishment'' study suggests that respondents identified certain kinds 
    of cases that may warrant greater punishment for higher loss amounts 
    than currently provided by the loss tables in the theft and fraud 
    guidelines: embezzlement or theft cases involving bank officials or 
    postal workers; fraudulent solicitation for a nonexistent charity; 
    fraud involving false mortgage application with no intent to repay; and 
    forgery or fraud involving stolen credit cards or writing bad checks.
        Second, the draft results of the Federal Judicial Center survey of 
    federal district court judges and chief probation officers reveal 
    sentiment that Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1 under punish defendants whose 
    offenses involve large monetary losses.
        Third, the Department of Justice and the Criminal Law Committee of 
    the Judicial Conference have recommended that consideration be given to 
    raising the severity levels at higher loss
    
    [[Page 170]]
    
    amounts for theft and fraud cases to more appropriately punish large-
    scale offenders.
        (5) Telemarketing Enhancements.
        The fifth change proposed by this amendment is to add specific 
    offense characteristics to Sec. 2F1.1 for offense conduct involving 
    telemarketing. In the 1994 omnibus crime bill, Congress raised the 
    statutory maximum for telemarketing offenses by five years (18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 2326(1)), and by ten years for such offenses that victimized ten 
    or more persons over age 55 or targeted persons over the age of 55 (18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 2326(2)). This amendment provides a two-level increase in 
    Sec. 2F1.1 for offenses involving telemarketing, and an additional, 
    cumulative 2-level increase if the offense victimized 10 or more 
    persons over the age of 55, or targeted persons over the age of 55.
        (6) Cross Reference--Arson.
        The sixth change proposed by the amendment is to add to the fraud 
    guideline a cross reference to Sec. 2K1.4 (Arson, Property Damage by 
    Use of Explosives), if the offense involved arson or property 
    destruction by use of explosives, and if the resulting offense level is 
    greater. Offenses that involve an underlying arson may be charged as 
    frauds. The proposed cross reference better ensures that similar 
    offenses are treated similarly.
        (7) Conforming Technical Changes.
        The amendment also makes the following technical changes: In 
    Sec. 2B1.1, subsection (b)(3) is proposed for deletion because the 
    floor of 6 for offenses involving the theft of mail is unnecessary 
    given the proposal to increase the base offense level for all offenses 
    under this guideline from 4 to 6; in Sec. 2B1.1, subsection (b)(4)(B) 
    providing a four-level increase for offenses involving receiving stolen 
    property is revised to provide a two-level increase because of the 
    proposed deletion of more than minimal planning (i.e., the current, 
    four-level enhancement is applied in the alternative to a two-level 
    enhancement for more than minimal planning; if the more-than-minimal 
    planning enhancement is subsumed in the loss tables, it is necessary to 
    reduce the four-level enhancement for fencing stolen property to two 
    levels to maintain equipoise). In Sec. 2F1.1, subsection (b)(2)(B), 
    providing an alternative (to the more-than-minimal-planning) two-level 
    increase for a scheme involved the defrauding of more than one victim, 
    is proposed for deletion because the concerns are handled by building 
    the levels for more than minimal planning into the loss table; and the 
    definition of more-than-minimal planning in Sec. 1B1.1, comment. 
    (n.1(f)), is proposed for deletion and replacement by the definition of 
    ``sophisticated means'', with corresponding changes to 
    Secs. 2A2.1(b)(1), 2B1.1(b)(4)(A), 2B1.3(b)(3), and 2B2.1(b)(1). The 
    definition of ``sophisticated means'' currently in Sec. 2T1.1 is 
    revised accordingly.
    
    (A) Proposed Amendment
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting application note 1(f) in its entirety and inserting 
    in lieu thereof:
        `` `Sophisticated means to impede discovery of the offense or its 
    extent,' includes conduct that is more complex or demonstrates greater 
    intricacy or planning than a routine effort to impede discovery of the 
    offense or its extent. An enhancement would be applied, for example 
    where the defendant used transactions through corporate shells or 
    fictitious entities, or used foreign bank accounts or transactions to 
    conceal the nature or extent of the fraudulent conduct.''
    * * * * *
        Section 2B1.1(a) (Base Offense Level) is amended by deleting ``4'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof [Options 1 and 2: ``6''; Option 3: 
    ``8''].
        Section 2B1.1 is amended by deleting (b)(1) in its entirety, and 
    inserting in lieu thereof, one of the following three options:
    Option One
        [``(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
        (1) If the loss was $5,000 or more, increase the offense level as 
    follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Loss (apply the greatest)                Increase in level     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) $5,000 or more........................  Add 2.                      
    (B) 10,000 or more........................  Add 4.                      
    (C) 22,500 or more........................  Add 6.                      
    (D) 50,000 or more........................  Add 8.                      
    (E) 120,000 or more.......................  Add 10.                     
    (F) 275,000 or more.......................  Add 12.                     
    (G) 650,000 or more.......................  Add 14.                     
    (H) 1,500,000 or more.....................  Add 16.                     
    (I) 3,500,000 or more.....................  Add 18.                     
    (J) 8,000,000 or more.....................  Add 20.                     
    (K) 18,000,000 or more....................  Add 22.                     
    (L) 40,000,000 or more....................  Add 24.                     
    (M) 90,000,000 or more....................  Add 26''].                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Option Two
        [``(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
        (1) If the loss exceeded $2,000, increase the offense level as 
    follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Loss (apply the greatest)               Increase in level.     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) More than $2,000......................  Add 2.                      
    (B) More than 5,000.......................  Add 4.                      
    (C) More than 10,000......................  Add 5.                      
    (D) More than 20,000......................  Add 6.                      
    (E) More than 40,000......................  Add 7.                      
    (F) More than 70,000......................  Add 8.                      
    (G) More than 120,000.....................  Add 9.                      
    (H) More than 200,000.....................  Add 10.                     
    (I) More than 350,000.....................  Add 11.                     
    (J) More than 500,000.....................  Add 12.                     
    (K) More than 800,000.....................  Add 13.                     
    (L) More than 1,500,000...................  Add 14.                     
    (M) More than 2,500,000...................  Add 15.                     
    (N) More than 5,000,000...................  Add 16.                     
    (O) More than 7,500,000...................  Add 18.                     
    (P) More than 15,000,000..................  Add 20.                     
    (Q) More than 25,000,000..................  Add 22.                     
    (R) More than 50,000,000..................  Add 24''].                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Option Three
        [``(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
        (1) If the loss exceeded $5,000, increase the offense level as 
    follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Loss (apply the greatest)               Level of increase.     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) More than $5,000......................  Add 2.                      
    (B) More than 20,000......................  Add 4.                      
    (C) More than 60,000......................  Add 6.                      
    (D) More than 100,000.....................  Add 8.                      
    (E) More than 250,000.....................  Add 10.                     
    (F) More than 500,000.....................  Add 12.                     
    (G) More than 750,000.....................  Add 14.                     
    (H) More than 1,000,000...................  Add 16.                     
    (I) More than 3,000,000...................  Add 18.                     
    (J) More than 7,000,000...................  Add 20.                     
    (K) More than 12,000,000..................  Add 22.                     
    (L) More than 20,000,000..................  Add 24.                     
    (M) More than 40,000,000..................  Add 26.                     
    (N) More than 80,000,000..................  Add 28''].                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Section 2B1.1 is amended by deleting (b)(3) in its entirety and 
    inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``If sophisticated means were used to impede discovery of the 
    offense or its extent, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense 
    level is less than level 12, increase to level 12.''
        Section 2B1.1 is amended by deleting (b)(4)(A) in its entirety and 
    by amending (b)(4)(B) by deleting ``(B)'' and by deleting and changing 
    ``4 levels'' to ``2 levels''.
    * * * * *.
    Option Three Only
        [Section 2F1.1(a) is amended by deleting ``6'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``8''].
        Section 2F1.1 is amended by deleting (b)(1) in its entirety, and 
    inserting in lieu thereof, one of the following three options:
    Option One
        [``(b) Specific Offense Characteristics.
        (1) If the loss was $5,000 or more, increase the offense level as 
    follows:
    
    [[Page 171]]
    
    
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Loss (apply the greatest)                Increase in level     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) $5,000 or more........................  Add 2.                      
    (B) 10,000 or more........................  Add 4.                      
    (C) 22,500 or more........................  Add 6.                      
    (D) 50,000 or more........................  Add 8.                      
    (E) 120,000 or more.......................  Add 10.                     
    (F) 275,000 or more.......................  Add 12.                     
    (G) 650,000 or more.......................  Add 14.                     
    (H) 1,500,000 or more.....................  Add 16.                     
    (I) 3,500,000 or more.....................  Add 18.                     
    (J) 8,000,000 or more.....................  Add 20.                     
    (K) 18,000,000 or more....................  Add 22.                     
    (L) 40,000,000 or more....................  Add 24.                     
    (M) 90,000,000 or more....................  Add 26''].                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Option Two
        [``(b) Specific Offense Characteristics.
        (1) If the loss exceeded $2,000, increase the offense level as 
    follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Loss (apply the greatest)                Increase in level     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) More than $2,000......................  Add 2.                      
    (B) More than 5,000.......................  Add 4.                      
    (C) More than 10,000......................  Add 5.                      
    (D) More than 20,000......................  Add 6.                      
    (E) More than 40,000......................  Add 7.                      
    (F) More than 70,000......................  Add 8.                      
    (G) More than 120,000.....................  Add 9.                      
    (H) More than 200,000.....................  Add 10.                     
    (I) More than 350,000.....................  Add 11.                     
    (J) More than 500,000.....................  Add 12.                     
    (K) More than 800,000.....................  Add 13.                     
    (L) More than 1,500,000...................  Add 14.                     
    (M) More than 2,500,000...................  Add 15.                     
    (N) More than 5,000,000...................  Add 16.                     
    (O) More than 7,500,000...................  Add 18.                     
    (P) More than 15,000,000..................  Add 20.                     
    (Q) More than 25,000,000..................  Add 22.                     
    (R) More than 50,000,000..................  Add 24''].                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Option Three
        [``(b) Specific Offense Characteristics
        (1) If the loss exceeded $5,000, increase the offense level as 
    follows:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Loss (apply the greatest)                Level of increase     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) More than $5,000......................  Add 2.                      
    (B) More than 20,000......................  Add 4.                      
    (C) More than 60,000......................  Add 6.                      
    (D) More than 100,000.....................  Add 8.                      
    (E) More than 250,000.....................  Add 10.                     
    (F) More than 500,000.....................  Add 12.                     
    (G) More than 750,000.....................  Add 14.                     
    (H) More than 1,000,000...................  Add 16.                     
    (I) More than 3,000,000...................  Add 18.                     
    (J) More than 7,000,000...................  Add 20.                     
    (K) More than 12,000,000..................  Add 22.                     
    (L) More than 20,000,000..................  Add 24.                     
    (M) More than 40,000,000..................  Add 26.                     
    (N) More than 80,000,000..................  Add 28''].                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    * * * * *
        Section 2F1.1 is amended by deleting (b)(5) in its entirety, and by 
    deleting (b)(2) in its entirety, and inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``If sophisticated means were used to impede discovery of the 
    offense or its extent, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense 
    level is less than level 12, increase to level 12.''
        Section 2F1.1 is amended by inserting the following:
        ``(6) If the offense involved telemarketing, increase by 2 levels.
        (7) If the offense [involved telemarketing conduct and either] 
    victimized 10 or more persons over the age of 55, or targeted persons 
    over the age of 55, increase by 2 levels.''
        Section 2F1.1 is amended by adding the following cross reference as 
    (c)(2):
        ``(2) If the offense involved arson or property destruction by use 
    of explosives, apply Sec. 2K1.4 (Arson, Property Damage by Use of 
    Explosives), if the resulting offense level is greater than that 
    determined above.''
    * * * * *
        Section 2T1.1 is amended by deleting (b)(5) in its entirety and 
    inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``If sophisticated means were used to impede discovery of the 
    offense or its extent, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense 
    level is less than level 12, increase to level 12.''
        Section 2T4.1 is amended by deleting the tax table, and inserting 
    in lieu thereof, one of the following two options:
    Option One
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              [``Tax Loss                             Level 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) $5,000 or more.............................................      8  
    (B) 10,000 or more.............................................     10  
    (C) 22,500 or more.............................................     12  
    (D) 50,000 or more.............................................     14  
    (E) 120,000 or more............................................     16  
    (F) 275,000 or more............................................     18  
    (G) 650,000 or more............................................     20  
    (H) 1,500,000 or more..........................................     22  
    (I) 3,500,000 or more..........................................     24  
    (J) 8,000,000 or more..........................................     26  
    (K) 18,000,000 or more.........................................     28  
    (L) 40,000,000 or more.........................................     30  
    (M) 90,000,000 or more.........................................    32'']
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Option Two
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    [``Tax Loss (apply the greatest)                  Level 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (A) $2,000 or less.............................................      8  
    (B) More than 2,000............................................      9  
    (C) More than 5,000............................................     10  
    (D) More than 10,000...........................................     11  
    (E) More than 20,000...........................................     12  
    (F) More than 40,000...........................................     13  
    (G) More than 70,000...........................................     14  
    (H) More than 120,000..........................................     15  
    (I) More than 200,000..........................................     16  
    (J) More than 350,000..........................................     17  
    (K) More than 500,000..........................................     18  
    (L) More than 800,000..........................................     19  
    (M) More than 1,500,000........................................     20  
    (N) More than 2,500,000........................................     21  
    (O) More than 5,000,000........................................     22  
    (P) More than 7,500,000........................................     24  
    (Q) More than 15,000,000.......................................     26  
    (R) More than 25,000,000.......................................     28  
    (S) More than 50,000,000.......................................    30'']
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Issues for Comment
    
        The following issues for comment are provided to facilitate 
    informed comment on the issues raised by the preceding amendment.
        (1) Loss Tables: In addition to requesting input on the options in 
    the proposed amendment, the Commission requests comment on whether 
    Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1 should have different base offense levels and 
    different starting points and cutting points for the loss tables. If 
    so, the Commission requests comment on what the respective base offense 
    levels should be (for example, level 6 for Sec. 2B1.1 and level 8 for 
    Sec. 2F1.1), on what loss amount should trigger the first increase 
    ($2,000, $5,000, or $10,000 for Sec. 2B1.1; $2,000, $5,000, $10,000, or 
    $20,000 for Sec. 2F1.1), and what the cutting points of the loss tables 
    should be.
        (2) Telemarketing offenses: In addition to the issues raised by the 
    proposed amendment, the Commission invites comment on whether the 
    guidelines should provide a broader enhancement for other frauds 
    involving the victimization or targeting of persons over the age of 55. 
    The Commission also invites comment on whether the guidelines should be 
    amended to add a Chapter Three adjustment that provides a two-level 
    increase if the offense, regardless of type, involves the victimization 
    of 10 or more persons over the age of 55 or the targeting of persons 
    over the age of 55. Alternatively, the Commission invites comment on 
    whether Sec. 3A1.1 (Vulnerable Victim) should be amended to provide 
    that it will always apply when an offense involves the victimization of 
    10 or more persons over the age of 55 or the targeting of persons over 
    the age of 55, or to provide an enhancement for offenses involving 
    telemarketing conduct.
        (3) Cross Reference: The Commission invites comment on whether the 
    following cross reference should be adopted: ``If the offense involved 
    a bribe, gratuity, commercial bribe or kickback, or similar conduct, 
    apply Sec. 2C1.2 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a 
    Gratuity); Sec. 2C1.5 (Payment to Obtain Public Office); Sec. 2C1.6 
    (Loan or Gratuity to Bank Examiner, or Gratuity for Adjustment of Farm 
    Indebtedness, or Procuring Bank Loan, or Discount of Commercial Paper); 
    Sec. 2C1.7 (Fraud Involving Deprivation of
    
    [[Page 172]]
    
    the Intangible Right to the Honest Services of Public Officials; 
    Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions); or 
    Sec. 2B4.1 (Bribery in Procurement of Bank Loan and Other Commercial 
    Bribery), whichever is the most applicable, would provide that the 
    cross reference should apply only if the listed offense conduct results 
    in a higher offense level.''
        (4) Consolidation of Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1: Currently there is 
    sometimes confusion about whether a given offense should be sentenced 
    using Sec. 2B1.1 or Sec. 2F1.1 and which definition of loss should be 
    used. The Commission invites comment on whether Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1 
    should be consolidated into one guideline and, if so, what provisions 
    of each should be retained in the consolidated guideline, and how the 
    two definitions of loss should be combined into one. Alternatively, the 
    Commission invites comment on whether the definitions of loss in 
    Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1 should be combined into one definition and, if 
    so, what provisions of each should be retained in the consolidated 
    definition and how the new definition should be worded.
    
    Additional Issues for Comment--Determination of Loss
    
        These issues for comment solicit input on possible changes to the 
    definition of loss in Secs. 2B1.1 and 2F1.1 to clarify the Commission's 
    intent, resolve issues raised by case law, and aid in consistency of 
    application.
        (1) Standard of causation: Currently, the definition of loss in 
    Sec. 2F1.1 does not specify a standard of causation governing whether 
    unintended or unexpected losses are to be included in the loss 
    calculation under the guidelines. See United States v. Neadle, 72 F.3d 
    1104, 1108-11 (3d Cir.) (holding defendant fraudulently posted required 
    $750,000 bond to open insurance company accountable for $23 million in 
    property damage from a hurricane that the defendant's insurance company 
    lacked the assets to cover, loss undoubtedly would have gone 
    unreimbursed regardless of defendant's insurance fraud), amended, 79 
    F.3d 14 (3d Cir.), cert. denied, 117 S. Ct. 238 (1996).
        The Commission invites comment on whether to clarify the standard 
    of causation necessary to link a harm with an offense under 
    Sec. 1B1.3(a)(3). More specifically, the Commission requests comment on 
    whether it should include only harm proximately caused (or directly 
    caused) by the defendant's conduct, or whether it should include all 
    harm that would not have occurred ``but for'' the defendant's conduct. 
    Finally, the Commission invites comment on whether, regardless of which 
    causation standard is adopted, the Commission should invite the 
    possibility of a departure when losses far exceed those intended or 
    reasonably foreseen by the defendant.
        (2) Market value: The current definition of loss in theft and fraud 
    uses the concept of market value as an important factor in determining 
    loss. The Commission invites comment on whether this concept should be 
    clarified to specify whether retail, wholesale, or black market value 
    is intended, depending on the nature of the offense. In addition, the 
    Commission invites comment on whether market value includes the 
    enhanced value on the black market when it exceeds fair market value, 
    or alternatively, whether black market value should be a departure 
    consideration.
        (3) Consequential damages and administrative costs--inclusion of 
    interest: The definition of loss in fraud provides that reasonably 
    foreseeable consequential damages and administrative costs are included 
    in determinations of loss only in cases involving procurement fraud or 
    product substitution. The Commission invites comment on whether 
    consequential damages should be used in determinations of loss in all 
    theft and/or fraud cases, and if so, how such damages should be 
    determined. Alternatively, should the special rule in fraud on the 
    inclusion of consequential damages and administrative costs in loss 
    determinations in procurement fraud and product substitution cases be 
    deleted? The Commission further invites comment on whether, even if 
    consequential damages, generally, are not included in loss, they might 
    be used as an offset against the value of the benefit received by the 
    victim(s).
        Although the definition of loss in the theft and fraud guidelines 
    excludes interest ``that could have been earned had the funds not been 
    stolen,'' some courts have interpreted the definition of loss to permit 
    inclusion in loss of the interest that the defendant agreed to pay in 
    connection with the offense. Cf., United States v. Hoyle, 33 F.3d 415, 
    419 (4th Cir. 1994) (``[I]nterest shall not be included to determine 
    loss for sentencing purposes.'') with United States v. Gilberg, 75 F.3d 
    15, 18-19 (1st Cir. 1996) (including in loss interest on fraudulently 
    procured mortgage loan); and United States v. Henderson, 19 F.3d 917, 
    928-29 (5th Cir.) (``Interest should be included if, as here, the 
    victim had a reasonable expectation of receiving interest from the 
    transaction.''), cert. denied, 115 S. Ct. 207 (1994).
        The Commission invites comment on whether the definition of loss 
    should be clarified to (A) exclude all interest from loss; (B) to 
    permit inclusion of bargained-for interest, or (C) to allow 
    consideration of bargained-for interest as a departure factor only.
        (4) Benefit received by victims: Currently, with the exception of 
    payments made and collateral pledged in fraudulent loan cases, the 
    definition of loss does not specify whether benefit received by the 
    victim(s) reduces the amount of the loss. Courts have generally, 
    although not unanimously, held that loss in fraud cases must be reduced 
    by any benefits received by the victim(s). See, e.g.,United States v. 
    Maurello, 76 F.3d 1304, 1311-12 (3d Cir. 1996) (calculating loss by 
    subtracting value of satisfactory legal services from amount of fees 
    paid to bogus lawyer); United States v. Reddeck, 22 F.3d 1504, 1513 
    (10th Cir. 1994) (reducing loss by value of education received from 
    bogus university); United States v. Mucciante, 21 F. 3d 1228, 1237-38 
    (2d Cir.) (refusing to reduce loss by amount that defendant ``repaid * 
    * * as part of a meretricious effort to maintain [the victims'] 
    confidences'' in a non-Ponzi scheme), cert. denied 115 S. Ct. 361 
    (1994).
        A Ponzi scheme is a particular kind of criminal offense that may 
    warrant explicit treatment in the definition of loss. A Ponzi scheme is 
    defined as ``a fraudulent investment scheme in which money placed by 
    later investors pays artificially high dividends to the original 
    investors, thereby attracting even larger investments.'' Bryan A. 
    Garner, A Dictionary of Modern Legal Usage 671 (2d ed. 1995). Several 
    cases raise some important issues about Ponzi schemes.
        The Seventh Circuit was the first to address the issue of 
    calculating loss from a Ponzi scheme. In United States v. Holiusa, 13 
    F.3d 1043, 1044-45 (6th Cir. 1994), the defendant perpetuated a Ponzi 
    scheme by appropriating $11,625,739 from ``investors'' and returning 
    approximately $8,000,000 in ``interest.'' The appellate court rejected 
    the district court holding that because the defendant intended ``to 
    defraud all of the victims of their money'' he was accountable for the 
    full $11,625,739. Id. at 1045; see also U.S.S.G. Sec. 2F1.1, comment. 
    (n. 7) (``[I]f an intended loss that the defendant was attempting to 
    inflict can be determined, this figure will be used if it is greater 
    than the actual loss.''). The court held that ``[t]he full amount 
    invested was not the probable or intended loss because [the defendant] 
    did not at any point intend
    
    [[Page 173]]
    
    to keep the entire sum. * * * Because he did not intend to and did not 
    keep the full $11.6 million, that amount does not reflect the actual or 
    intended loss, and is not an appropriate basis for sentencing.'' 
    Holiusa, 13 F.3d at 1046-47. The court remanded the case, instructing 
    the district court not to include in loss ``amounts that [the 
    defendant] both intended to and indeed did return to investors.'' Id. 
    at 1048; see also United States v. Wolfe, 71 F.3d 611, 618 (6th Cir. 
    1995) (following Holiusa).
        While the Seventh Circuit saw the concept of intended loss as the 
    focus of Ponzi scheme loss calculation, the Eleventh Circuit took a 
    different approach in United States v. Orton, 73 F.3d 331 (11th Cir. 
    1996). The Orton defendant had received $525,865.66 from and returned 
    $242,513.65 to the ``investors.'' Twelve investors received more than 
    they had invested; the total lost by the other investors was 
    $391,540.01. Id. at 333. The Eleventh Circuit adopted what it dubbed 
    the ``loss to losing victims'' method: it held the defendant 
    accountable for ``the net losses of all victims who lost all or part of 
    the money they invested.'' Id. at 334. The money that the defendant 
    received from and returned to those investors who ended up with a net 
    gain did not enter into the loss calculation. The Orton defendant was 
    therefore held accountable for $391,540.01.
        The Commission invites comment on whether the value of the benefit 
    received by the victim(s) of an offense should be used to reduce the 
    amount of the loss and, if so, how benefits that are more theoretical 
    than real should be valued. The Commission also invites comment on 
    whether the money returned to victim-investors (including ``profits'') 
    in a Ponzi scheme should be included in the calculation of loss. In 
    addition, the Commission invites comment on whether in cases involving 
    fraudulent representations of a defendant's professional license or 
    training, the loss should be reduced by the value of the ``benefit/
    service'' given to the victim (or to someone else on the victim's 
    behalf) by the defendant, or whether it should be determined based on 
    the full charge for the ``service.''
        (5) Diversion of government benefits: The Commission invites 
    comment on how loss should be determined in fraud cases involving the 
    diversion of government program benefits and kickbacks. These cases 
    tend to present special difficulties in determining or estimating loss 
    and determining gain. At the same time, there is a strong societal 
    interest in the integrity of government programs. More specifically, 
    the Commission invites comment on whether the ``value of benefits 
    diverted'' in such cases should be reduced by the ``benefits'' or 
    services provided by the participants. In addition, the Commission 
    invites comment on whether special rules should be devised for such 
    cases to facilitate the determination/estimation of loss or gain, such 
    as a special rule that determines loss or gain based on a percentage of 
    the total value of the benefits diverted and, if so, what percentage 
    should be chosen (such as 5-40%). The Commission also invites comment 
    on whether the nature and seriousness of such offenses require a 
    specific offense characteristic to target such conduct and/or a floor 
    offense level to guarantee a minimum offense level.
        (6) Pledged collateral and payments: Currently, the value of 
    pledged collateral is determined based on the net proceeds of the sale 
    of the collateral, or if the sale has not been accomplished prior to 
    sentencing, then the market value of the collateral reduced by the 
    expected cost of the sale. See, e.g., United States v. Barrett, 51 F.3d 
    86, 90-91 (7th Cir. 1995) (including in loss the drop in value of 
    property securing fraudulently obtained loans). The Commission invites 
    comment on how and when to determine loss in respect to crediting 
    pledged collateral and payments. More specifically, the Commission 
    invites comment on whether to clarify the current rule that only 
    payments made prior to discovery of the offense are to be credited in 
    determining loss, whether to clarify or change the current rule that 
    provides that the value of the pledged collateral is determined by the 
    amount the lending institution has recovered or can expect to recover, 
    and whether to clarify what constitutes ``discovery of the offense.'' 
    In addition, the Commission invites comment on whether the value of the 
    pledged collateral should be determined at the time it is pledged or at 
    the time of discovery of the offense, or some other time. In addition, 
    the Commission invites comment on whether unforeseen (or unforeseeable) 
    decreases (or increases) in the value of the collateral should affect 
    the credit to be used to determine loss.
        (7) Gain: Currently gain can be used in lieu of loss in certain 
    limited circumstances under Sec. 2F1.1. Compare United States v. Kopp, 
    951 F.2d 521, 530 (3d Cir. 1991) (holding that gain cannot be used if 
    loss is measurable even if loss is zero), with United States v. 
    Haddock, 12 F.3d 950, 960 (10th Cir. 1993) (allowing gain to be used as 
    alternative at all times). The Commission invites comment on whether to 
    clarify the issue of whether or not gain may be used in lieu of loss. 
    If the rule should be clarified, should upward departures be encouraged 
    if the amount of gain substantially exceeds loss? Alternatively, the 
    Commission invites comment on whether gain should be used whenever it 
    is greater than actual or intended loss and, if so, how gain should be 
    determined. The Commission also invites comment on whether there are 
    situations in which gain should be used for theft-type cases under 
    Sec. 2B1.1.
        (8) Intended loss: Intended loss is to be used in fraud cases when 
    it is determined to be greater than actual loss. Sec. 2F1.1, comment. 
    (n. 7). Some courts have held that intended loss should be limited by 
    concepts of ``economic reality'' or impossibility. Compare United 
    States v. Moored, 38 F.3d 1419, 1425 (6th Cir. 1994) (focusing on loss 
    that defendant ``realistically intended'') with United States v. 
    Lorenzo, 995 F.2d 1448, 1460 (9th Cir.) (``[T]he amount of [intended] 
    loss * * * does not have to be realistic.''), cert. denied, 510 U.S. 
    881 (1993).
        The Commission invites comment on whether the current rule should 
    be changed to provide that loss is to be based primarily on actual 
    loss, with intended loss available only as a possible ground for 
    departure. The Commission further invites comment on whether, if the 
    substance of the current rule is to be retained, the magnitude of 
    intended loss should be limited by the amount that the defendant 
    realistically could have succeeded in obtaining. More specifically, the 
    Commission invites comment on whether intended loss should be limited 
    by concepts of ``economic reality'' or impossibility, such as in a 
    government sting operation where there can be no loss, or in a false 
    insurance claims case in which the defendant submits a claim for an 
    amount in excess of the fair market value of the item.
        (9) Risk of loss: Currently, in some cases defendants obtain loans 
    by fraudulent means but the loss is determined to be zero because of 
    pledged collateral and payments made prior to discovery. The Commission 
    invites comment on whether the definition of loss should be revised to 
    include the concept of risk of loss, so as to ensure higher punishment 
    levels for defendants who commit serious crimes that, because of the 
    value of pledged collateral or payments made before discovery, result 
    in low or even zero loss, and if so, how the risk of loss might be 
    determined. See Sec. 2F1.1, comment. (n. 7).
    
    [[Page 174]]
    
        (10) Loss amounts that over- or understate the significance of the 
    offense: The Commission invites comment on whether to provide guidance 
    for applying the current provision allowing departure where the loss 
    amount over- or understates the significance of the offense. See 
    Sec. 2F1.1, comment. (n. 10). More specifically, the Commission invites 
    comment on whether to specify that where the loss amount included 
    through Sec. 1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) is far in excess of the benefit 
    personally derived by the defendant, the court might depart down to an 
    offense level corresponding to the loss amount that more appropriately 
    measures the defendant's culpability. Alternatively, the Commission 
    invites comment on whether to provide a specific offense characteristic 
    or special rule to reduce the offense level in such cases.
    
    Chapter Two, Part M
    
        19(A). Issue for comment: Section 511 of the Antiterrorism and 
    Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996 pertains to biological weapons. It 
    incorporates attempt and conspiracy into 18 U.S.C. Sec. 175, which 
    prohibits the production, stockpiling, transferring, acquiring, 
    retaining, or possession of biological weapons. It also expands the 
    scope of biological weapons provisions in chapter 10 of title 18 by 
    expanding the meaning of biological agents.
        Section 521 creates a new offense at 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2332c. The new 
    offense smakes it unlawful for a person, without lawful authority, to 
    use (or attempt or conspire to use) a chemical weapon against a United 
    States national outside the United States, any person within the United 
    States, or any federal property. The penalty is any term of years or 
    life or, if death results, death or any term of years or life.
        The Commission invites comment as to how the guidelines could be 
    amended to include these statutes. One approach could be to amend 
    Sec. 2M6.1 (Unlawful Acquisition, Alteration, Use, Transfer, or 
    Possession of Nuclear Material, Weapons, or Facilities) to include 
    these statutes. If the Commission were to select this approach, what 
    changes, if any, would be appropriate to accommodate these offenses?
        (B) Issue for comment: Section 702 creates a new offense at 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 2332b. The new offense makes it unlawful for a person, 
    committing conduct occurring outside the United States and conduct 
    occurring inside the United States and under specified circumstances, 
    to (1) kill, kidnap, maim, or commit an assault resulting in serious 
    bodily injury or with a dangerous weapon, or (2) create a substantial 
    risk of serious bodily injury to another person by damaging (or 
    conspiring to damage) any real or personal property within the United 
    States. The specified circumstances are using or obstructing interstate 
    or foreign commerce, having the federal government or one of its 
    employees or agents as a victim or intended victim, involving federal 
    property, and committing the offense in the territorial sea of the 
    United States or within the special maritime or territorial 
    jurisdiction of the United States.
        The terms of imprisonment under the new offense are (1) death, or 
    life, or any term of years, if death resulted; (2) any term of years, 
    for kidnaping; (3) not more than 35 years, for maiming; (4) not more 
    than 30 years, for assault; (5) not more than 25 years, for damaging or 
    destroying property; (6) for any term of years not exceeding that which 
    would have applied if the offense had been committed, for a conspiracy; 
    and (7) not more than 10 years, for threatening to commit any such 
    offense.
        The provision also expressly precludes the imposition of a term of 
    probation for any of the above-described offenses and precludes the 
    imposition of concurrent sentences for terms of imprisonment imposed 
    under this section with any other terms of imprisonment.
        The Commission invites comment on how the guidelines should be 
    amended to include this statute. For example, one option could be to 
    amend the statutory index to reference the statute to the guideline for 
    each of the underlying offenses.
    
    Section 2X3.1  Accessory After the Fact
    
    Section 2X4.1  Misprision of Felony
    
        20. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This is a three-part amendment. 
    First, this amendment clarifies the application of Sec. 2X3.1 when this 
    guideline is used as the result of a cross reference.
        Second, this amendment clarifies the interaction of Sec. 1B1.3 
    (Relevant Conduct) with Secs. 2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) and 
    2X4.1 (Misprision of Felony). In the case of a guideline with 
    alternative base offense levels, as opposed to one base offense level 
    and one or more specific offense characteristics, the question has 
    arisen as to whether the knowledge requirement set forth in Application 
    Note 1 applies to the selection of the appropriate base offense level. 
    Consistent with Sec. 1B1.3, this amendment clarifies that the knowledge 
    requirement does apply.
        Finally, this amendment clarifies that, for purposes of Secs. 2X3.1 
    and 2X4.1, if the offense guideline applicable to the underlying 
    offense refers to the defendant, such reference is to the defendant who 
    committed the underlying offense, not to the defendant who is convicted 
    of being an accessory or to the defendant who committed the misprision.
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 2X3.1 captioned 
    ``Application Notes'' is amended in Note 1 by deleting:
        ``Apply the base offense level plus any applicable specific offense 
    characteristics that were known, or reasonably should have been known, 
    by the defendant; see Application Note 10 of the Commentary to 
    Sec. 1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct).'',
        And inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``However, if the application of Sec. 2X3.1 results from a cross 
    reference or other instruction in another Chapter Two offense guideline 
    (e.g., Secs. 2J1.2(c)(1), 2J1.3(c)(1)), the underlying offense is the 
    offense determined by that cross reference or instruction. Determine 
    the offense level (base offense level, specific offense 
    characteristics, and cross references) based on the conduct that was 
    known, or reasonably should have been known, by the defendant; see 
    Application Note 10 of the Commentary to Sec. 1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). 
    In addition, if the Chapter Two offense guideline applicable to the 
    underlying offense refers to the defendant, such reference is to the 
    defendant who committed the underlying offense, not to the defendant 
    who is convicted of being an accessory or to whom this section applies 
    due to a cross reference or other instruction in another Chapter Two 
    offense guideline.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2X4.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by deleting ``Apply the base offense level plus any 
    applicable specific offense characteristics that were'' and inserting 
    in lieu thereof ``Determine the offense level (base offense level, 
    specific offense characteristics, and cross references) based on the 
    conduct that was''; and by inserting at the end the following as the 
    last sentence:
        ``In addition, if the Chapter Two offense guideline applicable to 
    the underlying offense refers to the defendant, such reference is to 
    the defendant who committed the underlying offense, not to the 
    defendant who is convicted of committing the misprision or to whom this 
    section applies due to a cross reference or other instruction in 
    another Chapter Two offense guideline.''.
    
    [[Page 175]]
    
    Part B--Role in the Offense
    
    Introductory Commentary, Sec. 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role)
    
        21. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This two-part amendment (A) 
    revises the Introductory Commentary to Chapter Three, Part B to put the 
    application of Secs. 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role) and 3B1.2 (Mitigating 
    Role) in perspective and show the relationship among these adjustments, 
    and (B) revises Sec. 3B1.1. Options 1 and 2 of Part B maintain the 
    current structure of Sec. 3B1.1 but revise the guideline to provide 
    clearer definitions and cure a significant anomaly in the current 
    guideline structure. Option 3 presents an alternative structure similar 
    to the proposed amendment to Sec. 3B1.2.
        Following the amendment to Sec. 3B1.2 are several issues for 
    comment designed to elicit suggestions for alternative approaches.
        (A) Proposed Amendment: Chapter 3, Part B--Role in the Offense is 
    amended in the first sentence of the Introductory Commentary by 
    inserting ``whether, in committing the offense,'' immediately following 
    ``based upon'';
        By deleting ``role the'' immediately before ``defendant'';
        By inserting ``(A)'' immediately following ``defendant'';
        By deleting ``in committing the offense'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``an aggravating or a mitigating role, (B) abused a position of 
    trust or used a special skill, or (C) used a minor''.
        Chapter 3, Part B--Role in the Offense is amended in the second 
    sentence of the Introductory Commentary by deleting ``The determination 
    of a defendant's role in the offense'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``Each of these determinations'';
        By deleting ``all'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``the'';
        By deleting ``within the scope of'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``for which the defendant is accountable under'';
        And by deleting the ``,'' immediately following ``(Relevant 
    Conduct)'' and inserting in lieu thereof a ``;''.
        Chapter 3, Part B--Role in the Offense is amended in the 
    Introductory Commentary by deleting the second paragraph in its 
    entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
        Sections 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role) and 3B1.2 (Mitigating Role) are 
    designed to provide appropriate adjustments in the defendant's offense 
    level based on the defendant's role and relative culpability in the 
    offense conduct for which the defendant is accountable under Sec. 1B1.3 
    (Relevant Conduct). For Sec. 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role) or Sec. 3B1.2 
    (Mitigating Role) to apply, the offense must involve the defendant and 
    at least one other participant. If an offense has only one participant, 
    neither Sec. 3B1.1 nor Sec. 3B1.2 will apply. In some cases, some 
    participants may warrant an upward adjustment under Sec. 3B1.1, other 
    participants may warrant a downward adjustment under Sec. 3B1.2, and 
    still other participants may warrant no role adjustment.''.
        (B) Proposed Amendment:
        Option 1:
        Section Sec. 3B1.1 is amended by deleting ``follows:'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``follows (Apply the Greatest):''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.1(a) is amended by deleting ``a criminal activity 
    that involved five or more participants or was otherwise extensive'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``an offense that involved at least four 
    other participants or was otherwise extensive''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.1(b) is amended by deleting ``(but not an 
    organizer or leader) and the criminal activity involve five or more 
    participants or was otherwise extensive'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``(1) of at least [three][four] other participants in the offense, or 
    (2) in an offense that was otherwise extensive''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.1(c) is amended by deleting ``in any criminal 
    activity other than described in (a) or (b)'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``of at least one other participant in the offense''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by inserting at the beginning ``For purposes of this 
    guideline-'';
        By deleting ``convicted'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``charged 
    [or specifically identified, so long as the court determines that the 
    offense involved another person]''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 2 in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof the following as paragraphs two and three of Note 1:
        ``An `organizer' or `leader' is the participant who is primarily 
    responsible for the criminal venture; the person in overall charge of 
    the other participant(s). Generally, the organizer or leader will be 
    the person who plans and organizes the offense, recruits the other key 
    participant(s), makes the key decisions, directs and controls the 
    actions of other participants, and receives the largest share of the 
    proceeds. In some offenses (generally larger scale offenses), there may 
    be more than one organizer or leader. The term `organizer' or leader is 
    not intended to apply to a person who merely suggests the commission of 
    the offense.
        A `manager' or `supervisor' is a person, other than an `organizer' 
    or `leader,' who exercises managerial or supervisory authority over one 
    or more other participants, either directly or indirectly. A manager or 
    supervisor is at a lower level in the hierarchy than the organizer or 
    leader of the offense, and generally will receive a share of the 
    proceeds that is less than that of the organizer or leader but greater 
    than that of the participant(s) that he or she manages or 
    supervises.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by redesignating Note 3 as Note 2; and inserting the following 
    as the new Note 3:
        ``3. In the case of a defendant who would have merited a minor or 
    minimal role adjustment but for the defendant's supervision of other 
    minor or minimal participants, do not apply an adjustment from 
    Sec. 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role). Instead, this factor is to be considered 
    in determining the appropriate reduction, if any, under Sec. 3B1.2 
    (Mitigating Role). For example, if the defendant would have merited a 
    reduction for a minimal role but for his or her supervision of other 
    minimal participants, a reduction for a minor, rather than a minimal, 
    role ordinarily would be appropriate. Similarly, if the defendant would 
    have merited a reduction for a minor role but for his or her 
    supervision of other minimal or minor participants, no reduction for 
    role in the offense ordinarily would be appropriate.
        The interaction of Secs. 3B1.1 and 3B1.2 is to be addressed in the 
    manner described above. Thus, if an adjustment from Sec. 3B1.1 is 
    applied, an adjustment from Sec. 3B1.2 may not be applied.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 4 in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof the following:
        ``4. Illustrations of Circumstances That May Warrant an Upward 
    Departure.
        There may be circumstances in which a defendant has a more culpable 
    role in the offense but does not qualify for an upward adjustment under 
    this section. In such circumstances, an upward departure may be 
    considered. The following are examples of circumstances that may 
    warrant an upward departure analogous to an aggravating role 
    adjustment:
        (A) A defendant who exercised management responsibility over the 
    property, assets, or activities of a criminal organization but who did 
    not organize, lead, manage, or supervise another participant.
    
    [[Page 176]]
    
        (B) In a controlled substance offense, a defendant who functions at 
    a relatively high level in a drug distribution network but who, 
    nevertheless, may not qualify for an aggravating role adjustment 
    because he or she does not exercise supervisory control over other 
    participants.''.
        Option 2:
        Section 3B1.1(a) is amended by deleting ``a criminal activity that 
    involved five or more participants or was otherwise extensive'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``an offense that involved at least four 
    other participants or was otherwise extensive''.
        Section 3B1.1 is amended by deleting subsection (b) in its 
    entirety.
        Section 3B1.1 is amended by redesignating subsection (c) as 
    subsection (b); by deleting ``in any criminal activity other than 
    described in (a) or (b)'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``of one other 
    participant in the offense''.
        Section 3B1.1 is amended by inserting as an additional paragraph at 
    the end ``In cases falling between (a) and (b), increase by 3 
    levels.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by inserting at the beginning ``For purposes of this 
    guideline-''; by deleting ``convicted'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``charged [or specifically identified, so long as the court determines 
    that the offense involved another person]''; and by inserting the 
    following additional paragraphs:
        ``An `organizer' or `leader' is the participant who is primarily 
    responsible for the criminal venture; the person in overall charge of 
    the other participant(s). Generally, the organizer or leader will be 
    the person who plans and organizes the offense, recruits the other key 
    participant(s), makes the key decisions, directs and controls the 
    actions of other participants, and receives the largest share of the 
    proceeds. In some offenses (generally larger scale offenses), there may 
    be more than one organizer or leader. The term `organizer' or `leader' 
    is not intended to apply to a person who merely suggests the commission 
    of the offense.
        A `manager' or `supervisor' is a person, other than an `organizer' 
    or `leader,' who exercises managerial or supervisory authority over one 
    or more other participants, either directly or indirectly. A manager or 
    supervisor is at a lower level in the hierarchy than the organizer or 
    leader of the offense, and generally will receive a share of the 
    proceeds that is less than that of the organizer or leader but greater 
    than that of the participant(s) that he or she manages or 
    supervises.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 2 in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof:
        ``To qualify for a four-level adjustment under subsection (a), the 
    defendant must be an organizer or leader of an offense involving at 
    least four participants in addition to the defendant. The defendant 
    need not, however, personally exercise supervisory control over all 
    such participants. To qualify for a two-level adjustment under 
    subsection (b), the defendant must have been the organizer, leader, 
    manager, or supervisor of one other participant. In cases falling 
    between subsections (a) and (b), i.e., where the defendant organizes, 
    leads, manages, or supervises more than one participant but whose 
    aggravating role does not rise to the level of that described in 
    subsection (a), a three level upward adjustment is warranted.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 4 in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof the following:
        ``4. In the case of a defendant who would have merited a minor or 
    minimal role adjustment but for the defendant's supervision of other 
    minor or minimal participants, do not apply an adjustment from 
    Sec. 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role). Instead, this factor is to be considered 
    in determining the appropriate reduction, if any, under Sec. 3B1.2 
    (Mitigating Role). For example, if the defendant would have merited a 
    reduction for a minimal role but for his or her supervision of other 
    minimal participants, a reduction for a minor, rather than a minimal, 
    role ordinarily would be appropriate. Similarly, if the defendant would 
    have merited a reduction for a minor role but for his or her 
    supervision of other minimal or minor participants, no reduction for 
    role in the offense ordinarily would be appropriate.
        The interaction of Secs. 3B1.1 and 3B1.2 is to be addressed in the 
    manner described above. Thus, if an adjustment from Sec. 3B1.1 is 
    applied, an adjustment from Sec. 3B1.2 may not be applied.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional note:
        ``5. Illustrations of Circumstances That May Warrant an Upward 
    Departure.
        There may be circumstances in which a defendant has a more culpable 
    role in the offense but does not qualify for an upward adjustment under 
    this section. In such circumstances, an upward departure may be 
    considered. The following are examples of circumstances that may 
    warrant an upward departure analogous to an aggravating role 
    adjustment:
        (A) A defendant who exercised management responsibility over the 
    property, assets, or activities of a criminal organization but who did 
    not organize, [lead], manage, or supervise another participant.
        (B) In a controlled substance offense, a defendant who functions at 
    a relatively high level in a drug distribution network but who, 
    nevertheless, may not qualify for an aggravating role adjustment 
    because he or she does not exercise supervisory control over other 
    participants.''.
        Option 3:
        Section 3B1.1 is deleted in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof the following:
    
    ``Section 3B1.1. Aggravating Role
    
        Based on the defendant's role in the offense as a substantially 
    more culpable participant, increase the offense level as follows (Apply 
    the greater):
        (a) If the defendant had [a major aggravating] role in [the] [a 
    large-scale] offense, increase by 4 levels.
        (b) If the defendant had [a lesser aggravating] role in the 
    offense, increase by 2 levels.
    Commentary
        Application Notes:
        1. For purposes of this guideline--
        A ``participant'' is a person who is criminally responsible for the 
    commission of the offense, but need not have been charged [or 
    specifically identified, so long as the court determines that the 
    offense involved another such person]. A person who is not criminally 
    responsible for the commission of the offense (e.g., an undercover law 
    enforcement officer) is not a participant.
    
    [``Large-scale offense'' means an offense that involved at least five 
    participants, including the defendant, or an offense that involved at 
    least two participants, including the defendant, and is otherwise 
    extensive.]
    
        2. For a major aggravating role adjustment to apply under 
    subsection (a), the defendant must be (A) a substantially more culpable 
    participant, and (B) among the most culpable participants in the 
    offense. The following is a non-exhaustive list of characteristics 
    typically possessed by a defendant with a major aggravating role:
        (i) Broad knowledge and understanding of the scope and structure of 
    the offense, and of the identity and role of the other participants in 
    the offense;
        (ii) Sophisticated tasks performed;
    
    [[Page 177]]
    
        (iii) [Primary] [major] decision-making authority in the offense;
        (iv) [Primary] [major] responsibility and control over the 
    property, finances, and other participants involved in the offense;
        (v) The anticipated or actual total compensation or benefit was 
    large in comparison to the total return typically associated with 
    offenses of the same type and scope; and
        (vi) Recruitment of other participants in the offense.
        3. For a lesser role adjustment to apply under subsection (b), the 
    defendant must (A) be a substantially more culpable participant, and 
    (B) typically possess some of the characteristics associated with a 
    major aggravating role, but not qualify for a major aggravating role 
    adjustment.
        4. The determinations of (A) whether a defendant is a substantially 
    more culpable participant warranting an aggravating role adjustment 
    under this section, and (B) if so, whether a major aggravating or 
    lesser aggravating role adjustment is more appropriate, involve case-
    specific, fact-based assessments of the defendant's conduct in 
    comparison to that of other participants in the offense. [In making 
    these determinations, and particularly in determining whether a 
    defendant in fact has an aggravating role, the court may also wish to 
    compare the conduct of the defendant to the conduct of an average 
    participant in an offense of the same type and scope.] The sentencing 
    judge is in a unique position to make these determinations, based on 
    the judge's assessment of all of the relevant circumstances.
        19. In the case of a defendant who would have merited a minor or 
    minimal role adjustment but for the defendant's supervision of other 
    minor or minimal participants, do not apply an adjustment from 
    Sec. 3B1.1 (Aggravating Role). Instead, this factor is to be considered 
    in determining the appropriate reduction, if any, under Sec. 3B1.2 
    (Mitigating Role). For example, if the defendant would have merited a 
    reduction for a minimal role but for his or her supervision of other 
    minimal participants, a reduction for a minor, rather than a minimal, 
    role ordinarily would be appropriate. Similarly, if the defendant would 
    have merited a reduction for a minor role but for his or her 
    supervision of other minimal or minor participants, no reduction for 
    role in the offense ordinarily would be appropriate.
        The interaction of Secs. 3B1.1 and 3B1.2 is to be addressed in the 
    manner described above. Thus, if an adjustment from Sec. 3B1.1 is 
    applied, an adjustment from Sec. 3B1.2 may not be applied.''.
    
    Section 3B1.2  Mitigating Role
    
        22(A). Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment clarifies the 
    operation of the mitigating role adjustment in Sec. 3B1.2, as follows:
        1. The language in the guideline is standardized by using the term 
    ``offense'' instead of ``criminal activity.''
        2. The ``intermediate,'' three-level reduction is bracketed for 
    possible deletion because it does not provide a meaningfully distinct 
    category and is unnecessary in view of the overlapping ranges feature 
    of the Sentencing Table.
        3. A common, umbrella definition for mitigating role; i.e., 
    ``substantially less culpable participant'' is provided. This 
    definition should assist the court in distinguishing mitigating role 
    defendants from those who receive an aggravating or no role adjustment.
        4. Commentary in current Application Note 2 that has been viewed as 
    overly restrictive in regard to the minimal role adjustment is removed. 
    In its place, a non-exhaustive list of typical characteristics 
    associated with minimal role is provided. The characteristics are 
    derived from the case law and staff review of mitigating role cases.
        5. A somewhat more helpful but still flexible definition of minor 
    role is provided.
        6. Commentary is added to reflect Commission intent that district 
    court assessments of mitigating role should be reviewed deferentially.
        7. A circuit conflict regarding how mitigating role comparisons 
    should be done--whether within the context of relevant conduct or, also 
    by comparing the defendant to a hypothetical average participant--is 
    addressed. The suggested ``compromise'' resolution (see bracketed 
    language in Application Note 4) is to require the relevant conduct 
    comparison but also suggest/allow the broader, ``average participant'' 
    comparison if the court finds it helpful.
        8. Commentary is added to address the burden of persuasion in a 
    common-sense fashion consistent with the overall guidelines structure.
        9. Commentary is added to address another circuit conflict 
    regarding whether a court can analogize to mitigating role and 
    downwardly depart when a defendant is ``directed'' to some extent by a 
    government agent or other person who is not a criminally responsible 
    participant. Whether the bracketed language that provides a qualified 
    ``yes'' answer should be included is a policy judgment for the 
    Commission.
        10. The existing background commentary is removed because it is 
    largely redundant and unnecessary.
        Option 1:
        Section Sec. 3B1.2 is amended in the first paragraph by inserting 
    ``as a substantially less culpable participant'' immediately following 
    ``offense''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.2(a) is amended by deleting ``was a minimal 
    participant in any criminal activity'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``had a minimal role in the offense''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.1(b) is amended by deleting ``was a minor 
    participant in any criminal activity'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``had a minor role in the offense''.
        Option 2:
        Section Sec. 3B1.2 is amended by inserting ``as a substantially 
    less culpable participant'' immediately following ``offense''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.2(a) is amended by deleting ``was a minimal 
    participant in any criminal activity'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``had a minimal role in the offense''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.1(b) is amended by deleting ``was a minor 
    participant in any criminal activity'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``had a minor role in the offense''.
        Section Sec. 3B1.2 is amended by deleting ``In cases falling 
    between (a) and (b), decrease by 3 levels.''.
        Options 1 and 2:
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 1 in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof the following:
        ``1. For purposes of this guideline--
        `Participant' is defined in the Commentary to Sec. 3B1.1 
    (Aggravating Role).
        `Substantially less culpable participant' means a defendant who (A) 
    is recruited by, or voluntarily assists, another more culpable 
    participant in facilitating the commission of a criminal offense, and 
    (B) performs one or more limited, discrete functions that typically are 
    less critical to the success of the offense.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 2 in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof the following:
        ``2. For a minimal role adjustment to apply under subsection (a), 
    the defendant must be (A) a substantially less culpable participant, 
    and (B) among the least culpable participants in the offense. The 
    following is a non-exhaustive list of characteristics typically 
    possessed by a defendant with a minimal role:
        (i) Lack of knowledge or understanding of the scope and
    
    [[Page 178]]
    
    structure of the offense, and of the identity or role of the other 
    participants in the offense;
        (ii) only unsophisticated tasks performed;
        (iii) no material decision-making authority in the offense;
        (iv) no, or very minimal, supervisory responsibility over the 
    property, finances, or other participants involved in the offense; and
        (v) the anticipated or actual total compensation or benefit was 
    small in comparison to the total return typically associated with 
    offenses of the same type and scope.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 3 in its entirety and inserting in lieu 
    thereof the following:
        ``3. For a minor role adjustment to apply under subsection (b), the 
    defendant must (A) be a substantially less culpable participant, and 
    (B) typically possess some of the characteristics associated with a 
    minimal role, but not qualify for a minimal role adjustment.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 4 by inserting in the first sentence ``a'' immediately 
    before ``substantially'' and by deleting ``than'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``participant compared to''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by redesignating Note 4 as Note 5 and inserting the following 
    new Note 4:
        ``4. The determinations of (A) whether a defendant is a 
    substantially less culpable participant warranting a mitigating role 
    adjustment under this section, and (B) if so, whether a minimal or 
    minor role adjustment is more appropriate, involve case-specific, fact-
    based assessments of the defendant's conduct in comparison to that of 
    other participants in the offense. [In making these determinations, and 
    particularly in determining whether a defendant in fact has a 
    mitigating role, the court may also wish to measure the defendant's 
    conduct and relative culpability against the elements of the offense of 
    conviction and to compare the conduct of the defendant to the conduct 
    of an average participant in an offense of the same type and scope.] 
    The sentencing judge is in a unique position to make these 
    determinations, based on the judge's assessment of all of the relevant 
    circumstances.
        The defendant bears the burden of persuasion in establishing 
    whether the defendant qualifies for a minimal or minor role adjustment 
    under this section. As with any other factual issue, the court, in 
    weighing the totality of the circumstances, is not required to find, 
    based solely on the defendant's bare assertion, that such a role 
    adjustment is warranted.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional note:
        ``6. If the defendant would be a substantially less culpable 
    participant but for the fact that the defendant was recruited by a 
    person who is not criminally responsible for the commission of the 
    offense (e.g., an undercover law enforcement officer), a downward 
    departure may be warranted. Such a downward departure should not 
    result, without more, in a lower sentence than would result if the 
    defendant had received a mitigating role adjustment under this 
    section.''.
        (B) Additional Issues for Comment: (1) The Commission invites 
    comment on whether, as an alternative to separate guidelines for 
    aggravating role (Sec. 3B1.1) and mitigating role (Sec. 3B1.2), it 
    should adopt a single or unitary role guideline with aggravating, 
    mitigating, and no role adjustments. What would be the advantages and/
    or disadvantages of such an approach in comparison to the current 
    structure?
        (2) Focusing on aggravating role, Option 3, the Commission invites 
    comment on characteristics, in addition to those suggested, that 
    reliably distinguish among aggravating role adjustments, as well as 
    those characteristics that reliably distinguish defendants with an 
    aggravating role from those warranting no role adjustment or a 
    mitigating role adjustment.
        (3) Focusing on mitigating role, the Commission invites comment on 
    characteristics, in addition to those suggested in the proposed 
    amendment, that distinguish defendants with a mitigating role from 
    defendants who do not merit such an adjustment. Additionally, the 
    Commission invites suggestions regarding characteristics, factors, and/
    or definitional language that would better provide a meaningful 
    distinction between minimal role and minor role. Finally, the 
    Commission invites comment on whether it should expressly state whether 
    ``couriers'' or ``mules'' receive a minimal, minor, or no role 
    adjustment.
    
    Section 3C1.1  Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice
    
        23. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment addresses a 
    split in the circuits over the meaning of the last sentence of 
    Application Note 1 in the Commentary to the Chapter Three adjustment 
    for obstruction of justice. The issue is whether that sentence requires 
    the use of a heightened standard of proof when the court applies an 
    enhancement for perjury. Compare United States v. Montague, 40 F.3d 
    1251 (D.C. Cir. 1994) (applying the clear and convincing standard) with 
    United States v. Zajac, 62 F.3d 145 (6th Cir. 1995) (applying the 
    preponderance of the evidence standard). The amendment changes the last 
    sentence of Application Note 1 so that it no longer suggests the use of 
    a heightened standard of proof. Instead, it clarifies that the court 
    should be mindful that not all inaccurate testimony or statements 
    reflect a willful attempt to obstruct justice.
        Second, subdivision (i) of Application Note 3 in Sec. 3C1.1 is 
    deleted as unnecessary. This subdivision is not helpful in contrasting 
    the types of conduct that are serious enough to warrant an enhancement 
    from those that are not serious enough to warrant the enhancement. The 
    statutes referred to in subsection (i) include a hodgepodge of 
    provisions. Some have very marginal, if any, relevance, e.g., 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 1507 (picketing or parading); and some, e.g., 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1514 
    (civil action to restrain harassment of a victim or witness), and 1515 
    (definitions for certain provisions; general provision) have no 
    relevance at all.
        Third, this amendment adds an additional sentence at the end of 
    Application Note 4 in Sec. 3C1.1 to clarify the meaning of the phrase 
    ``absent a separate count of conviction.'' A panel of the Seventh 
    Circuit, although reaching the correct result, has examined this phrase 
    and found it to be unclear. See United States v. Giacometti, 28 F.3d 
    698 (7th Cir. 1994).
        Fourth, this amendment moves the last two sentences of Application 
    Note 6 into a separate Application Note 7. This clarifies that the 
    guidance provided in these two sentences applies to a broader set of 
    cases than the cases described in the first two sentences of 
    Application Note 6.
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 3C1.1 captioned 
    ``Application Notes'' is amended in Note 1 by deleting in the second 
    sentence ``such testimony or statements should be evaluated in a light 
    most favorable to the defendant'' and inserting the following in lieu 
    thereof:
        ``The court should be cognizant that inaccurate testimony or 
    statements sometimes may result from confusion, mistake, or faulty 
    memory and, thus, not all inaccurate testimony or statements 
    necessarily reflect a willful attempt to obstruct justice.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3C1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in
    
    [[Page 179]]
    
    Note 3(h) by deleting the ``;'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``,''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3C1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 3 by deleting subsection (i) in its entirety.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3C1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 4 by deleting ``The following is a non-exhaustive list 
    of examples of the'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Some'';
        By deleting ``that, absent a separate count of conviction for such 
    conduct,'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``ordinarily'';
        By deleting ``but ordinarily can appropriately be sanctioned by the 
    determination of the particular'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``but 
    may warrant a greater''; by inserting immediately following ``guideline 
    range'' the following:
        ``. However, if the defendant is convicted of a separate count for 
    such conduct, this enhancement will apply and increase the offense 
    level for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense with respect to 
    which the obstructive conduct occurred). See Application Note 7, below.
        The following is a non-exhaustive list of examples of the types of 
    conduct to which this application note applies:''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3C1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 6 in the second sentence by inserting ``(the offense 
    with respect to which the obstructive conduct occurred),'' immediately 
    before ``the count for the obstruction'' and by redesignating as new 
    Note 7 the second and third sentences.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3C1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by redesignating Note 7 as Note 8.
    
    Section 3E1.1  Acceptance of Responsibility
    
        24. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment revises 
    Sec. 3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility) in a number of key respects 
    to provide greater flexibility to the sentencing judge in determining 
    whether a defendant qualifies for a reduction in sentence, particularly 
    the additional one-level reduction in subsection (b), based on the 
    defendant's acceptance of responsibility. First, this amendment 
    eliminates many of the considerations currently listed as appropriate 
    to consider in determining whether the defendant qualifies for the two-
    level reduction under subsection (a), reserving many of those 
    considerations for a determination of whether the defendant qualifies 
    for the additional one-level reduction under subsection (b).
        Second, this amendment conditions receipt of the two-level 
    reduction on the timeliness of the defendant's admission of conduct 
    comprising the offense of conviction, the defendant's admission or 
    failure to falsely deny relevant conduct, and the defendant's not 
    having committed, after filing of charges on the instant offense, 
    conduct that, under the totality of the circumstances, negates an 
    inference of acceptance of responsibility. Therefore, obstructive 
    conduct does not automatically preclude receipt of the two-level 
    reduction if the totality of the circumstances indicate that the 
    defendant has accepted responsibility for the offense.
        Third, this amendment provides for an additional one-level 
    reduction if the defendant qualifies for the two-level reduction and 
    the defendant has demonstrated extraordinary acceptance of 
    responsibility, based on the sentencing judge's consideration of a 
    variety of considerations, including those listed in Application Note 
    2, as well as the sentencing judge's consideration of the totality of 
    the circumstances. Finally, the amendment provides a number of options 
    with respect to whether the commission of obstructive conduct or a new 
    offense should disqualify the defendant from receiving the additional 
    one-level reduction.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 3E1.1 is amended by deleting it in its 
    entirety and inserting in lieu thereof:
    
    ``Sec. 3E1.1.  Acceptance of Responsibility
    
        (a) If the defendant demonstrates acceptance of responsibility for 
    his offense, decrease the offense level by 2 levels.
        (b) If the defendant qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a), 
    the offense level determined prior to the operation of subsection (a) 
    is level 16 or greater, and the defendant clearly demonstrates 
    extraordinary acceptance of responsibility, decrease the offense level 
    by 1 additional level.
    Commentary
    Application Notes
        1. A defendant qualifies under subsection (a), if the defendant:
        (a) Truthfully admits, in a timely manner, the conduct comprising 
    the offense(s) of conviction, and truthfully admits or does not falsely 
    deny any additional relevant conduct for which the defendant is 
    accountable under Sec. 1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). Note that a defendant 
    is not required to volunteer, or affirmatively admit, relevant conduct 
    beyond the offense of conviction in order to obtain a reduction under 
    subsection (a). A defendant may remain silent in respect to relevant 
    conduct beyond the offense of conviction without affecting his ability 
    to obtain a reduction under this subsection. However, a defendant who 
    falsely denies, or frivolously contests, relevant conduct that the 
    court determines to be true has acted in a manner inconsistent with 
    acceptance of responsibility; and
        (b) Has not, after the filing of charges on the instant offense, 
    committed conduct that, under the totality of the circumstances, 
    negates an inference of acceptance of responsibility. Conduct that may 
    negate an inference of acceptance of responsibility under this 
    paragraph is (1) conduct resulting in an enhancement under Sec. 3C1.1 
    (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice), i.e., 
    obstructive conduct, or (2) the commission of an offense by the 
    defendant. Such conduct does not necessarily disqualify the defendant 
    from receiving a reduction in offense level under this section. In 
    determining whether such conduct disqualifies the defendant from 
    receiving a reduction in offense level under this section, the court 
    should consider the nature, seriousness, and timing of the conduct, as 
    well as the extent to which commission of the conduct is inconsistent 
    with acceptance of responsibility.
        2. In the case in which the defendant qualifies for the 2-level 
    reduction under subsection (a) and the offense level determined prior 
    to the operation of subsection (a) is level 16 or greater, the court 
    may grant an additional 1-level reduction under subsection (b) if the 
    court determines, under the totality of the circumstances, that the 
    defendant has clearly demonstrated extraordinary acceptance of 
    responsibility. The sentencing judge is in a unique position to make 
    this determination. For this reason, this determination is entitled to 
    great deference on review. In determining whether the defendant has 
    clearly demonstrated extraordinary acceptance of responsibility for 
    purposes of subsection (b), appropriate considerations include the 
    following:
        (a) Fully cooperating with the probation officer in the preparation 
    of the presentence report.
    
        Note: This includes appearing for interview as required, 
    providing accurate background information, including information 
    regarding the defendant's juvenile and adult criminal record, and 
    providing complete financial information as requested, in a timely 
    fashion. With respect to discussion of the offense of conviction and
    
    [[Page 180]]
    
    relevant conduct, the provisions set forth in Application Note 1(a) 
    above control.
    
        (b) Timely notifying authorities of his intention to enter a plea 
    of guilty, in a sufficiently prompt manner to permit the government to 
    avoid preparing for trial and to permit the court to allocate its 
    resources efficiently.
    
        Note: The notification to authorities of the intention to plead 
    guilty should occur particularly early in the case. For example, a 
    defendant who pleads guilty one day before his scheduled trial date 
    may qualify under subsection (a), but such plea will not ordinarily 
    be timely enough to constitute an indicia of extraordinary 
    acceptance of responsibility under this paragraph.
    
        [(c) Voluntary termination or withdrawal from criminal conduct or 
    associations;]
        [(d) Voluntary payment of restitution prior to adjudication of 
    guilt;]
        [(e) Voluntary surrender to authorities promptly after commission 
    of the offense;]
        [(f) Voluntary assistance to authorities in the recovery of the 
    fruits and instrumentalities of the offense;]
        [(g) Voluntary resignation from the office or position held during 
    the commission of the offense;]
        [(h) Post-offense rehabilitative efforts (e.g., counseling or drug 
    treatment); and]
        [(i) Voluntary stipulation to administrative deportation, in the 
    case of a deportable alien].
        The defendant may qualify for the additional 1-level decrease under 
    subsection (b) without satisfying all of the factors listed in this 
    Application Note. However, satisfaction by the defendant of one or more 
    of the factors listed in this Application Note will not be sufficient 
    under subsection (b) if the court determines that, under the totality 
    of the circumstances, the defendant has not clearly demonstrated 
    extraordinary acceptance of responsibility.
        A defendant who, after the filing of charges on the instant 
    offense, commits obstructive conduct or a new offense [may not receive 
    the additional 1-level decrease under subsection (b)] [ordinarily will 
    not qualify for the additional 1-level decrease under subsection (b)] 
    [will qualify for the additional 1-level decrease under subsection (b) 
    only in an extraordinary case].
        3. A reduction in offense level under this section is not intended 
    to apply to a defendant who puts the government to its burden of proof 
    at trial by denying the essential factual elements of guilt, is 
    convicted, and only then admits guilt and expresses remorse. Conviction 
    by trial, however, does not automatically preclude a defendant from 
    consideration for such a reduction. In rare situations a defendant may 
    clearly demonstrate an acceptance of responsibility for his criminal 
    conduct even though he exercises his constitutional right to a trial. 
    This may occur, for example, where a defendant goes to trial to assert 
    and preserve issues that do not relate to factual guilt (e.g., to make 
    a constitutional challenge to a statute or a challenge to the 
    applicability of a statute to his conduct). In each such instance, 
    however, a determination that a defendant has accepted responsibility 
    will be based primarily upon pre-trial statements and conduct.
        Background: Subsection (a) provides a 2-level decrease in offense 
    level. Subsection (b) provides an additional 1-level decrease for a 
    defendant at offense level 16 or greater prior to operation of 
    subsection (a) who both qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a) 
    and clearly demonstrates extraordinary acceptance of responsibility 
    based on the factors listed in Application Note 2 or equivalent 
    factors. Subsection (b) does not apply, however, to a defendant whose 
    offense level is level 15 or lower prior to application of subsection 
    (a). The reduction in the guideline range provided by a 2-level 
    decrease in offense level under subsection (a) is sufficient at offense 
    level 15 or lower because the 2-level decrease provides a greater 
    proportional reduction in the guideline range than at higher offense 
    levels due to the structure of the Sentencing Table.
        The reduction of offense level provided by this section recognizes 
    legitimate societal interests. A defendant who timely demonstrates 
    acceptance of responsibility for his offense is appropriately given a 
    lower offense level than a defendant who has not demonstrated 
    acceptance of responsibility. A defendant who further demonstrates 
    extraordinary acceptance of responsibility is likewise deserving of 
    additional recognition of his extraordinary acceptance.''.
    
    Section 3E1.1  Acceptance of Responsibility
    
        25. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment clarifies that 
    the commission of a new offense while pending trial or sentencing on 
    the instant offense is a negative indicant of acceptance of 
    responsibility. This provision does not require that the new offense be 
    related or similar to the instant offense. Currently, there is a 
    circuit split on this issue. Compare United States v. Morrison, 983 
    F.2d 730 (6th Cir. 1993)(consideration of post- indictment theft and 
    positive drug test inappropriate in determining whether defendant 
    accepted responsibility for firearms violations) with, e.g., United 
    States v. Watkins, 911 F.2d 983 (5th Cir. 1990)(upholding denial of 
    acceptance for defendant convicted of possessing stolen treasury checks 
    who used cocaine pending sentencing).
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 3E1.1 captioned 
    ``Application Notes'' is amended in Note 4 by inserting the following 
    as the last sentence:
        ``Similarly, the commission of an offense by the defendant while 
    pending trial or sentencing on the instant offense, whether or not that 
    offense is similar to the instant offense, ordinarily indicates that 
    the defendant has not accepted responsibility for the instant 
    offense.''.
    
    Section 3E1.1  Acceptance of Responsibility
    
        26. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment revises 
    Sec. 3E1.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility) to remove the restriction 
    that currently prohibits the application of the additional 1-level 
    decrease in subsection (b) for offense levels 15 and lower. This 
    amendment would allow consideration of the additional 1-level decrease 
    for defendants at all offense levels. Consequently, eligibility for 
    alternatives to incarceration would be increased for defendants at 
    offense levels of 15 or less who receive a 3 level reduction for 
    acceptance of responsibility.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 3E1.1(b) is amended by deleting ``the 
    offense level determined prior to the operation of subsection (a) is 
    level 16 or greater, and the defendant'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``and''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3E1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 6 by deleting ``at offense level 16 or greater prior to 
    the operation of subsection (a)''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 3E1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended in 
    the second paragraph by deleting ``at offense level 16 or greater prior 
    to operation of subsection (a)''; and by deleting ``Subsection (b) does 
    not apply, however, to a defendant whose offense level is level 15 or 
    lower prior to application of subsection (a). At offense level 15 or 
    lower, the reduction in the guideline range provided by a 2-level 
    decrease in offense level under subsection (a) (which is a greater 
    proportional reduction in the guideline range than at higher offense 
    levels due to the structure of the Sentencing Table) is adequate for 
    the court to take into account the factors set forth in
    
    [[Page 181]]
    
    subsection (b) within the applicable guideline range.''.
        Section 4B1.3 is amended by deleting ``13, unless Sec. 3E1.1 
    (Acceptance of Responsibility) applies, in which event his offense 
    level shall be not less than 11'' and inserting ``level 13 (decreased 
    by any applicable adjustment from Sec. 3E1.1 (Acceptance of 
    Responsibility)).''.
    
    Section 4B1.2  Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1
    
        27. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment resolves a 
    circuit conflict with respect to definitions of terms used in the 
    Chapter Four career offender guideline and addresses several related 
    issues.
        (1) Miscellaneous Controlled Substance Offenses--This amendment 
    addresses the question of whether the offenses of possessing a listed 
    chemical with intent to manufacture a controlled substance or 
    possessing a prohibited flask or equipment with intent to manufacture a 
    controlled substance are ``controlled substance offenses'' under the 
    career offender guideline. A panel of the Fifth Circuit concluded that 
    possession of a listed chemical with intent to manufacture a controlled 
    substance is a controlled substance offense under Sec. 4B1.2. U.S. v. 
    Calverley, 11 F.3d 505 (5th Cir. 1993). (The panel questioned the 
    precedent on which the decision was based and recommended 
    reconsideration en banc; on reconsideration en banc, the Fifth Circuit 
    declined to address the merits of the issue.) In contrast, the Tenth 
    Circuit has concluded that possession of a listed chemical with intent 
    to manufacture a controlled substance is not a controlled substance 
    offense. United States v. Wagner, 994 F.2d 1467, 1475 (10th Cir. 1993). 
    This amendment makes such offenses a ``controlled substance offense'' 
    under the career offender guideline. There seems such an inherent 
    connection between possession of a listed chemical or prohibited flask 
    or equipment with intent to manufacture a controlled substance and 
    actually manufacturing a controlled substance that the former offenses 
    are fairly considered as controlled substance trafficking offenses.
        (2) Additional Related Issues--The first related issue is whether 
    the Commission should amend Sec. 4B1.2 to clarify that certain offenses 
    are ``crimes of violence'' or ``controlled substance offenses'' if the 
    offense of conviction established that the underlying offense was a 
    ``crime of violence'' or ``controlled substance offense.'' See United 
    States v. Baker, 16 F.3d 854 (8th Cir. 1994); United States v. Vea-
    Gonzalez, 999 F.2d 1326 (9th Cir. 1993), effectively overruled on other 
    grounds by Custis v. United States, 114 S.Ct. 1732 (1994).
        The second issue is whether to make the following nonsubstantive 
    changes to Sec. 4B1.2 to improve the internal consistency of the 
    guidelines: (A) adding the phrase ``punishable by imprisonment for a 
    term exceeding one year'' in subsection (2) to make it consistent with 
    subsection (1); and (B) conforming the second paragraph of Application 
    Note 2 of Sec. 4B1.2 to the language of Secs. 2K1.3 and 2K2.1.
        Proposed Amendment: Section Sec. 4B1.2(1) is amended by inserting a 
    ``,'' immediately after ``state law'' and immediately after ``one 
    year'';
        By redesignating ``Sec. 4B1.2(1)'' as ``Sec. 4B1.2(a)''; by 
    redesignating ``(i)'' as ``(1)'' and redesignating ``(ii)'' as ``(2)''.
        Section Sec. 4B1.2(2) is amended by deleting ``a'' immediately 
    after ``under'';
        By deleting ``prohibiting'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``, 
    punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, that 
    prohibits'' and by redesignating ``(2)'' as ``(b)''.
        Section Sec. 4B1.2(3) is amended by redesignating ``(A)'' as 
    ``(1)'', redesignating ``(B)'' as ``(2)'' and by redesignating 
    ``Sec. 4B1.2(3)'' as ``Sec. 4B1.2(c)''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 4B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by inserting at the beginning ``For purposes of this 
    guideline-'';
        By deleting ``The terms `crime' '' and inserting in lieu thereof `` 
    `Crime' ''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 4B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 2 by deleting in the second sentence ``whereas'' 
    immediately following ``included'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``as 
    `crimes of violence' if'';
        By deleting the last sentence from the first paragraph;
        By deleting from the first sentence of the second paragraph ``The 
    term `crime' '' and inserting in lieu thereof `` `Crime' '';
        By deleting in the second sentence of the second paragraph ``has'' 
    immediately following ``if the defendant'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``had'';
        And by inserting at the end the following:
        ``Unlawfully possessing a listed chemical with intent to 
    manufacture a controlled substance (21 U.S.C. Sec. 841(d)(1)) is a 
    `controlled substance offense.'
        Unlawfully possessing a prohibited flask or equipment with intent 
    to manufacture a controlled substance (21 U.S.C. Sec. 843(a)(6)) is a 
    `controlled substance offense.'
        Maintaining any place for the purpose of facilitating a drug 
    offense (21 U.S.C. Sec. 856) is a `controlled substance offense' if the 
    offense of conviction established that the underlying offense (the 
    offense facilitated) was a `controlled substance offense.'
        Using a communications facility in committing, causing, or 
    facilitating a drug offense (21 U.S.C. Sec. 843(b)) is a `controlled 
    substance offense' if the offense of conviction established that the 
    underlying offense (the offense committed, caused, or facilitated) was 
    a `controlled substance offense.'
        Possessing a firearm during and in relation to a crime of violence 
    or drug offense (18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c)) is a `crime of violence' or 
    `controlled substance offense' if the offense of conviction established 
    that the underlying offense (the offense during and in relation to 
    which the firearm was carried or possessed) was a `crime of violence' 
    or `controlled substance offense.' Note that if the defendant also was 
    convicted of the underlying offense, the two convictions will be 
    treated as related cases under Sec. 4A1.2 (Definitions and Instruction 
    for Computing Criminal History)).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 4B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting the numbers corresponding to Notes ``2'' and ``3''; 
    and by inserting the following as new Note 2:
        ``2. Section 4B1.1 (Career Offender) expressly provides that the 
    instant and prior offenses must be crimes of violence or controlled 
    substance offenses of which the defendant was convicted. Therefore, in 
    determining whether an offense is a crime of violence or controlled 
    substance for the purposes of Sec. 4B1.1 (Career Offender), the offense 
    of conviction (i.e., the conduct of which the defendant was convicted) 
    is the focus of inquiry.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 4B1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by redesignating Note 4 as Note 3.
        28. Issue for Comment: The Commission requests public comment on 
    whether, and in what manner, it should address by amendment the 
    following circuit court conflicts:
        (1) Whether an upward departure may be based on dismissed or 
    uncharged conduct that is related to the offense of conviction but is 
    not relevant conduct. Compare United States v. Figaro, 935 F.2d 4 (1st 
    Cir. 1991) (permitting consideration of uncharged conduct related to 
    the offense of conviction); United States v. Kim, 896 F.2d 678 (2d Cir. 
    1990) with United States v. Thomas, 961 F.2d 1110 (3d Cir. 1992) (court 
    cannot consider uncharged conduct).
        (2) Whether information provided in connection with a Sec. 1B1.8 
    agreement
    
    [[Page 182]]
    
    may be placed in the presentence report or used to affect conditions of 
    confinement. (Amendment would implicate Sec. 1B1.8 (Use of Certain 
    Information).) Compare United States v. Marsh, 963 F.2d 72, 74 (5th 
    Cir.1992) (implying court may receive information); United States v. 
    Malvito, 946 F.2d 1066, 1068 (4th Cir.1991) (same) with United States 
    v. Abanatha, 999 F.2d 1246, 1249 (8th Cir. 1993), cert. denied 114 
    S.Ct. 1549 (1994) (information should not be included in PSR because 
    the Fifth Amendment precludes information from being considered at 
    sentencing or allowed to affect conditions of confinement).
        (3) Whether drug quantities possessed for personal use should be 
    aggregated with quantities distributed or possessed with intent to 
    distribute. (Amendment would implicate Sec. 1B1.3 and Sec. 2D1.1.) 
    Compare United States v. Antonietti, 86 F.3d 206, 209 (11th Cir.); 
    United States v. Innamorati, 996 F.2d 456, 492 (1st Cir. 1993), cert. 
    denied, 510 U.S. 955 (1993) with United States v. Rodriquez-Sanchez, 23 
    F.3d 1488 (9th Cir. 1994) (personal use amounts are not same course of 
    conduct as quantities possessed for distribution).
        (4) Whether a federal prison camp is a ``similar facility'' under 
    Sec. 2P1.1(b)(3). Compare United States v. Hillstrom, 988 F.2d 448 (3d 
    Cir. 1993), cert. denied, 115 S. Ct. 1382 (1995) with United States v. 
    Sarno, 24 F.3d 618 (4th Cir. 1994) (minimum security prison is a secure 
    facility); United States v. Tapia, 981 F.2d 1194 (11th Cir.), cert. 
    denied, 113 S. Ct. 2979 (1993). (Although the Third Circuit initially 
    disagreed with the Fourth, Fifth, Ninth, Tenth, and Eleventh circuits, 
    the district court on remand held that a federal prison camp is not a 
    ``similar facility'' within the meaning of the escape guideline. United 
    States v. Hillstrom, 837 F.Supp. 1324 (M.D.Pa. 1993); aff'd, 37 F.3d 
    1490 (unpublished).).
        (5) Whether the two-level enhancement at Sec. 2F1.1(b)(3)(A) 
    requires that the defendant misrepresent his authority to act on behalf 
    of a charitable or governmental organization. Compare United States v. 
    Frazier, 53 F.3d 1105, 1123-13 (10th Cir. 1995) (enhancement does not 
    apply to chairman of educational organization who misapplied funds 
    because he made no misrepresentation of his authority to act on behalf 
    of the organization) with United States v. Marcum, 16 F.3d 599, 603 
    (4th Cir. ), cert. denied, 115 S. Ct. 137 (1994) (applying enhancement 
    to president of charitable organization who embezzled fund from the 
    organization).
        (6) Whether ``victim of the offense'' under Sec. 3A1.1 refers only 
    to victim of the offense of conviction or to victim of any relevant 
    conduct. Compare United States v. Echevarria, 33 F.3d 175 (2d Cri. 
    1994) (vulnerable victim need not be victim of the offense of 
    conviction); United States v. Roberson, 872 F.2d 597 (5th Cir. ), cert. 
    denied, 493 U.S. 961 (1989) with United States v. Dixon, 66 F.3d 133 
    (6th Cir. 1995); United States v. Wright, 12 F.3d 70 (6th Cir. 1993), 
    cert. denied 116 S. Ct. 320 (1995).
        (7) Whether a defendant's failure to admit to use of a controlled 
    substance amounts to willful and material obstruction of justice under 
    Sec. 3C1.1 (Obstruction of Justice). Compare United States v. Garcia, 
    20 F.3d 670 (6th Cir. 1994), cert. denied, 115 S. Ct. 1120 (1995) with 
    United States v. Belletiere, 971 F.2d 961 (3d Cir. 1992); United States 
    v. Thompson, 944 F.2d 1331 (7th Cir. 1991), cert. denied, 502 U.S. 1097 
    (1992).
        (8) Whether time in a community treatment center is a ``sentence of 
    imprisonment'' under Sec. 4A1.2(e)(1). Compare United States v. Rasco, 
    963 F.2d 132 (6th Cir.), cert. denied 113 S. Ct. 238 (1992) (detention 
    in community treatment facility following revocation of parole is 
    ``incarceration''); United States v. Vanderlaan, 921 F.2d 257 (10th 
    Cir. 1990), cert. denied, 499 U.S. 954 (1991) (placement in federal 
    special treatment facility during period of commitment to federal 
    prison is confinement and is considered ``sentence of imprisonment'') 
    with United States v. Latimer, 991 F.2d 1509 (9th Cir. 1993) (placement 
    in community treatment facility following revocation of parole is not 
    considered ``incarceration''); United States v. Urbizu, 4 F.3d 636 (8th 
    Cir. 1993) (dicta) (placement in halfway house not categorized as 
    confinement).
        (9) Whether convictions that are erased for reasons unrelated to 
    innocence or errors of law (regardless of whether they are termed by 
    statute as ``set aside'' or ``expunged'') should be counted for 
    purposes of criminal history. (Amendment would implicate Sec. 4A1.2, 
    comment. n. 10). Compare United States v. McDonald, 991 f.2d 866 (D.C. 
    Cir. 1993) (examining effect of set aside D.C. Youth Rehabilitation Act 
    conviction and noting it is automatic and unrelated to innocence) with 
    United States v. Beaulieau, 959 F.2d 375 (2d Cir. 1992) (do not count 
    conviction where Vermont set aside statute intended to erase conviction 
    from record; such a set aside is equivalent to expungement); United 
    States v. Hidalgo, 932 F.2d 805 (9th Cir. 1991) (do not count 
    conviction subject to California Youth Act set aside provision 
    releasing youth from all penalties and disabilities; treat as an 
    expungement provision).
        (10) Whether a court may impose a fine for costs of imprisonment 
    under Sec. 5E1.2(c). Compare United States v. Sellers, 42 F.3d 116 (2d 
    Cir. 1994), cert. denied, 116 S. Ct. 93 (1995) (Sec. 5E1.2 does not 
    require district court to impose a punitive fine in order to impose a 
    fine for costs of imprisonment); United States v. Turner, 998 F.2d 534 
    (7th Cir.), cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 639 (1993) with United States v. 
    Corral, 964 F.2d 83 (1st Cir. 1992) (court cannot impose fine for cost 
    of imprisonment when defendant is indigent); United States v. Labat, 
    915 F.2d 603 (10th Cir. 1990) (cost of imprisonment is additional fine 
    that cannot be imposed unless court first imposes a punitive fine).
        (11) Whether a departure above a statutorily required minimum 
    sentence should be measured from a defendant's guideline range or the 
    applicable mandatory minimum. (Amendment would implicate Secs. 5G1.1, 
    5K2.0, 4A1.3.) Compare United States v. Carpenter, 963 F.2d 736 (5th 
    Cir. 1992) (appropriate for court to depart upwards from the range 
    within which the mandatory minimum falls); United States v. Doucette. 
    979 F.2d 1042, 1047 (5th Cir. 1992) with United States v. Rodriguez-
    Martinez, 25 F.3d 797 (9th Cir. 1994) ( if the court determines that a 
    departure above a mandatory minimum is warranted, it should calculate 
    the departure from the defendant's guideline range).
        (12) Whether the district court can depart to the career offender 
    level based on the defendant's criminal history, although the defendant 
    does not otherwise qualify for the career offender enhancement. Compare 
    United States v. Ruffin, 997 F.2d 343, 347 (7th Cir. 1993)(``Only real 
    convictions support a sentence under Sec. 4B1.1.''); United States v. 
    Faulkner, 952 F.2d 1066, 1072-73(9th Cir. 1991)(career offender 
    guidelines operate as an ``on/off'' switch and cannot be used for 
    departure purposes if defendant does not qualify as a career offender) 
    with United States v. Cash, 983 F.2d 558, 562 (4th Cir. 1992)(departure 
    reasonable when defendant would be career offender but for 
    constitutional invalidity of one prior conviction; Sec. 4A1.3's level 
    by level consideration is implicit in the departure); United States v. 
    Hines, 943 F.2d 348, 354-55 (4th Cir. 1991)(departure reasonable when 
    defendant's two prior murder convictions were consolidated for 
    sentencing).
        (13) Whether multiple criminal incidents occurring over a period of 
    time may constitute a single act of
    
    [[Page 183]]
    
    aberrant behavior warranting departure. Compare United States v. 
    Grandmaison, 77 F.3d 555 (1st Cir. 1996) (includes multiple acts 
    leading up to the defendant's commission of the offense); United States 
    v. Takai, 941 F.2d 738 (9th Cir. 1991) (multiple incidents over six-
    week period can be ``single act of aberrant behavior'') with United 
    States v. Marcello, 13 F.3d 752 (3d Cir. 1994) (requires spontaneous, 
    thoughtless, single act involving lack of planning); United States v. 
    Williams, 974 F.2d 25 (5th Cir. 1992), cert. denied, 507 U.S. 934 
    (1993) (same).
        (14) Whether collateral consequences of a defendant's conviction 
    can be the basis of a downward departure. Compare United States v. 
    Smith, 27 F.3d 649 (D.C. Cir. 1994) (objectively more serious prison 
    conditions faced by deportable aliens may warrant downward departure) 
    with United States v. Sharapan, 13 F.3d 781 (3d Cir. 1994) (demise of 
    defendant's business, employees' loss of jobs, and economic harm do not 
    support downward departure); United States v. Restreppo, 999 F.2d 640 
    (2d Cir.), cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 405 (1993) (disallowing departure 
    based on collateral consequences of being a deportable alien).
        (15) Whether the definition of ``violent offense'' under 
    Sec. 5K2.13 (Diminished Capacity) is the same as ``crime of violence'' 
    under Sec. 4B1.2. Compare United States v. Poff, 926 F.2d 588 (7th 
    Cir.), cert. denied, 502 U.S. 827 (1991); United States v. Maddalena, 
    893 F.2d 815 (6th Cir. 1990), cert. denied, 502 U.S. 882 (1991) with 
    United States v. Weddle, 30 F.3d 532 (4th Cir. 1994); United States v. 
    Chatman, 986 F.2d 1446 (D.C. Cir. 1993)
    
    Section 5B1.3  Conditions of Probation
    
        29(A). Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment revises 
    Secs. 5B1.3, 5B1.4, and 5D1.3 to reflect required conditions of 
    probation and supervised release that have been added by the 
    Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996 and other 
    statutory provisions. Section 5B1.4 is amended to list both statutorily 
    required and discretionary conditions in a way that will facilitate 
    their application in individual cases.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 5B1.3(a) is amended by deleting:
        ``(a) If a term of probation is imposed, the court shall impose a 
    condition that the defendant shall not commit another federal, state, 
    or local crime during the term of probation. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(1). 
    The court shall also impose a condition that the defendant not possess 
    illegal controlled substances. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(3).''
        And inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``(a) If a term of probation is imposed, the court is required by 
    statute to impose the following conditions:
        (1) That the defendant not commit another federal, state, or local 
    crime during the term of probation. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(1). This 
    condition is reflected in Sec. 5B1.4(a) (condition #1);
        (2) That the defendant not unlawfully possess a controlled 
    substance. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(3). This condition is reflected in a 
    broader form in Sec. 5B1.4(a) (condition #8);
        (3) In the case of a defendant convicted for the first time of a 
    domestic violence crime, as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3561(b), that the 
    defendant attend a public, private, or private nonprofit offender 
    rehabilitation program that has been approved by the court, in 
    consultation with the State Coalition Against Domestic Violence or 
    other appropriate experts, if an approved program is readily available 
    within a 50-mile radius of the legal residence of the defendant. 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(4). This condition is reflected in a broader form 
    in Sec. 5B1.4(b) (condition #25);
        (4) That the defendant refrain from any unlawful use of a 
    controlled substance and submit to one drug test within 15 days of 
    release on probation and at least two periodic drug tests thereafter 
    (as determined by the court) for use of a controlled substance, but the 
    condition stated in this paragraph may be ameliorated or suspended by 
    the court for any individual defendant if the defendant's presentence 
    report or other reliable sentencing information indicates a low risk of 
    future substance abuse by the defendant. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(5). 
    This condition is reflected in a broader form in Sec. 5B1.4(a) 
    (condition #8) and Sec. 5B1.4(b) (conditions #22 and #23);
        (5) That the defendant make restitution in accordance with 18 
    U.S.C. Secs. 2248, 2259, 2264, 2327, 3663, 3663A, and 3664. 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3563(a)(6)(A). This condition is reflected in a broader form in 
    Sec. 5B1.4(b) (condition #18);
        (6) That the defendant pay the special assessment imposed under 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 3013. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(6)(B). This condition is 
    reflected in Sec. 5B1.4(a) (condition #15);
        (7) That the defendant notify the court of any material change in 
    the defendant's economic circumstances that might affect the 
    defendant's ability to pay restitution, fines, or special assessments. 
    18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(7). This condition is reflected in Sec. 5B1.4(a) 
    (condition #16);
        (8) If the court has imposed a fine, that the defendant pay the 
    fine or adhere to a court-established installment schedule. 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3563(a). This condition is reflected in Sec. 5B1.4(b) (condition 
    #19).''.
        Section 5B1.3(b) is renumbered as Sec. 5B1.3(c); and Sec. 5B1.3(c) 
    is renumbered as Sec. 5B1.3(b).
        Section 5B1.3(b) (formerly (c)) is amended by deleting ``a fine,''; 
    and by inserting ``(pertaining to discretionary conditions of 
    probation)'' immediately after ``3563(b)''.
        Section 5B1.3(c) (formerly (b)) is amended by deleting 
    ``Recommended conditions are set forth in Sec. 5B1.4.''.
        Section 5B1.3(d) is amended by inserting at the ``This condition is 
    reflected in Sec. 5B1.4(c) (condition #31).''.
        Section 5B1.3 is amended by inserting after subsection (d) the 
    following new subsection:
        ``(e) Recommended conditions of probation are set forth in 
    Sec. 5B1.4 (Recommended Conditions of Probation and Supervised 
    Release).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 5B1.3 is deleted in its entirety, including 
    the title.
        Section 5B1.4(a) is amended by deleting ``(1-13)''; by deleting 
    ``generally''; by deleting ``:'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``.'' 
    and by inserting at the end the following ``A condition (or a part of a 
    condition) designated by an asterisk may be statutorily required in all 
    or some cases:''.
        Section 5B1.4(a) is amended by renumbering subdivisions (1) through 
    (13) as subdivisions (2) through (14), respectively; and by inserting 
    before subdivision (2) (formerly (a)(1)) the following: ``(1) the 
    defendant shall not commit another federal, state, or local crime;*''
        Section 5B1.4(a)(5) (formerly (a)(4)) is amended by deleting 
    ``his'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``the defendant's''; and by 
    inserting immediately following ``responsibilities'' the following: 
    ``(including, but not limited to, complying with the terms of any court 
    order or administrative process pursuant to the law of a state, the 
    District of Columbia, or any other possession or territory of the 
    United States requiring payments by the defendant for the support and 
    maintenance of any child or of a child and the parent with whom the 
    child is living)''.
        Section 5B1.4(a)(7) (formerly (a)(6)) is amended by deleting 
    ``within seventy-two hours of'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``at 
    least ten days prior to''; and by deleting ``in'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``of''.
        Section 5B1.4(a)(8) (formerly (a)(7)) is amended by deleting 
    ``narcotic or other''; by deleting ``such'' and inserting
    
    [[Page 184]]
    
    in lieu thereof ``any controlled''; by deleting ``substance'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``substances''; and by inserting an asterisk 
    immediately following ``physician;''.
        Section 5B1.4(a)(11) (formerly (a)(10)) is amended by deleting 
    ``him'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``the defendant''.
        Section 5B1.4(a)(14) (formerly (a)(13)) is amended by deleting 
    ``.'' at the end and inserting in lieu thereof ``;''.
        Section 5B1.4(a) is amended by inserting at the end the following 
    new subdivisions (15) and (16):
        ``(15) The defendant shall pay the special assessment imposed or 
    adhere to a court-ordered installment schedule for the payment of the 
    special assessment;*
        (16) The defendant shall notify the probation officer of any 
    material change in the defendant's economic circumstances that might 
    affect the defendant's ability to pay any unpaid amount of restitution, 
    fines, or special assessments.*''.
        Section 5B1.4(b) is amended by deleting in the first sentence 
    ``(14-24)''; by deleting ``either''; by deleting ``or required by law 
    under'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``in''; by deleting ``, or may be 
    appropriate in a particular case'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``and, 
    in addition, may otherwise be appropriate in particular cases. A 
    condition (or a part of a condition) designated by an asterisk may be 
    statutorily required in all or some cases''; and by renumbering 
    subdivisions (14) through (18) as (17) through (21) respectively; by 
    renumbering subdivisions (19) through (22) as (26) through (29), 
    respectively; and by renumbering subdivision (23) as subdivision (22); 
    and by renumbering subdivision (25) as subdivision (30).
        Section 5B1.4(b)(17) (formerly (b)(14)) is amended by deleting ``, 
    it is recommended that the court impose'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``--''.
        Section 5B1.4(b)(18) (formerly (b)(15)) is amended by deleting 
    ``of'' immediately following ``order'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``or condition requiring''; by deleting '' it is recommended that the 
    court impose'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``--''; by deleting ``See 
    Sec. 5E1.1 (Restitution).'' and by inserting in lieu thereof an 
    asterisk; ; and by inserting at the end the following new paragraph:
        ``If any restitution obligation remains unpaid at the commencement 
    of a term of supervised release, it shall be a condition of supervised 
    release that the defendant pay any such restitution in accordance with 
    the schedule of payments ordered by the court.''.
        Section 5B1.4(b)(19) (formerly (b)(16)) is amended by deleting ``, 
    it is recommended that the court impose'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``--''; by inserting an asterisk after ``the fine.''; and by adding at 
    the end the following new paragraph:
        ``If any fine obligation remains unpaid at the commencement of a 
    term of supervised release, it shall be a condition of supervised 
    release that the defendant pay any such fine in accordance with the 
    schedule of payments ordered by the court.''
        Section 5B1.4(b) is amended by inserting after subdivision (22) 
    (formerly subdivison (b)(23)) the following new subdivision (23):
        ``(23) Drug Testing.
        Unless the court determines that there is a low risk of future 
    substance abuse by the defendant--a condition requiring the defendant 
    to submit to one drug test within fifteen days of release on 
    [probation][supervised release] and at least two periodic drug tests 
    thereafter, as determined by the court.*
    
        Note: This condition is not necessary if the substance abuse 
    program participation condition (condition #22) is imposed.''.
    
        Section 5B1.4(b)(20) (formerly (b)(17)) is amended by deleting ``, 
    it is recommended that the court impose'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``----''.
        Section 5B1.4(b)(21) (formerly (b)(18)) is amended by deleting ``, 
    it is recommended that the court impose'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``----''.
        Section 5B1.4(b)(22) (formerly (b)(23)) is amended by deleting ``, 
    it is recommended that the court impose'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``--''.
        Section 5B1.4(b)(24) is amended by deleting ``, it is recommended 
    that the court impose'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``----''.
        Section 5B1.4(b) is amended by inserting the following as new 
    subdivision (25):
        ``(25) Domestic Violence Program Participation.
        In the case of a defendant convicted of a domestic violence crime, 
    as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3561(b), a condition requiring the 
    defendant to attend a public, private, or private nonprofit offender 
    rehabilitation program that has been approved by the court, in 
    consultation with the State Coalition Against Domestic Violence or 
    other appropriate experts, if an approved program is readily available 
    within a 50-mile radius of the legal residence of the defendant.*''
        Section 5B1.4 is amended by inserting the following immediately 
    after new subdivision (25);
        ``(c) Additional Conditions.
        The following ``special conditions'' may be appropriate on a case-
    by-case basis:''
        Section 5B1.4 (c)(30) (formerly (b)(25)) is amended by deleting 
    ``If'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``A condition imposing a curfew 
    may be imposed if''; and by deleting ``, a condition of curfew is 
    recommended''.
        Section 5B1.4 is amended by inserting after subdivision (30) 
    (formerly subdivision (b)(25)) the following new subdivision:
        ``(31) Intermittent Confinement
        Intermittant confinement (custody for intervals of time) may be 
    ordered as a condition of probation during the first year of probation.
    
        Note: This condition may not be order as a condition of 
    supervised release.''.
    
        The commentary to 5B1.4 captioned ``Application Note'' is amended 
    in Note 1 by deleting ``his'' wherever it appears and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``the defendant's''; and by inserting in the last sentence a 
    comma immediately following ``home detention''.
        Section 5D1.3 is amended by deleting subsection (a) in its entirety 
    and inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``(a) If a term of supervised release is imposed, the court is 
    required by statute to impose the following conditions:
        (1) that the defendant not commit another federal, state, or local 
    crime during the term of supervised release. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3583 (d). 
    This condition is reflected in Sec. 5B1.4(a) (condition #1);
        (2) that the defendant not unlawfully possess a controlled 
    substance. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3583 (d). This condition is reflected in 
    Sec. 5B1.4(a) (condition #8);
        (3) in the case of a defendant convicted for the first time of a 
    domestic violence crime, as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3561(b), that the 
    defendant attend a public, private, or private nonprofit offender 
    rehabilitation program that has been approved by the court, in 
    consultation with the State Coalition Against Domestic Violence or 
    other appropriate experts, if an approved program is readily available 
    within a 50-mile radius of the legal residence of the defendant. 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 3583(d). This condition is reflected in Sec. 5B1.4(b) 
    (condition #25);
        (4) that the defendant refrain from any unlawful use of a 
    controlled substance and submit to one drug test with 15 day of release 
    on supervised release and at least two periodic drug tests thereafter 
    (as determined by the court) for use of a controlled substance, but 
    this condition may be ameliorated or suspended by the court for any 
    individual defendant if the defendant's presentence report or other 
    reliable sentencing information indicates a low risk of future 
    substance abuse by the defendant. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3583(d). This
    
    [[Page 185]]
    
    condition is reflected in a broader form in Sec. 5B1.4(a) (condition 
    #8), and Sec. 5B1.4(b) (conditions #22 and #23).''.
        Section 5D1.3(b) is amended by deleting ``Sec. 3353(a)(2) and''.
        Section 5D1.3(c) is amended by inserting ``(Recommended Conditions 
    of Probation and Supervised Release)'' immediately following 
    ``Sec. 5B1.4''.
        The Commentary to 5D1.3 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    deleting the fourth sentence.
        Section 8D1.3(a) is amended by deleting ``shall'' following ``the 
    organization''.
        Section 8D1.3 is amended by redesignating subsection (c) as 
    subsection (g); and by inserting after subsection (b) the following new 
    subsections:
        (c) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(6)(A), any sentence of 
    probation shall include the condition that the defendant make 
    restitution in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2248, 2259, 2327, 3663, 
    3663A, and 3664.
        (d) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(6)(B), any sentence of 
    probation shall include the condition that the defendant pay the 
    special assessment imposed under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3013.
        (e) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a)(7), any sentence of 
    probation shall include the condition that the defendant notify the 
    court of any material change in the defendant's economic circumstances 
    that might affect the defendant's ability to pay restitution, fines, or 
    special assessments.
        (f) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3563(a), if the court has imposed a 
    fine, any sentence of probation shall include the condition that the 
    defendant pay the fine or adhere to a court-established installment 
    schedule.
        B. Issue for Comment: The Commission invites comment as to whether 
    Secs. 5B1.3 (Conditions of Probation), 5B1.4 (Recommended Conditions of 
    Probation and Supervised Release (Policy Statements)), and 5D1.3 
    (Conditions of Supervised Release) should be reorganized so as to 
    better distinguish between the statutorily required, standard, and 
    special conditions of probation and supervised release. For example, 
    one option could be to delete Sec. 5B1.4 and amend Secs. 5B1.3 and 
    5D1.3 so that subsection (a) of each guideline lists all the 
    statutorily required conditions of probation or supervised release, 
    subsection (b) lists all the standard conditions, and subsection (c) 
    lists all the optional conditions.
    
    Section 5D1.2  Term of Supervised Release
    
        30. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment amends 
    Sec. 5D1.2 (Term of Supervised Release) to make clear that a defendant 
    who qualifies under the ``safety valve'' (Sec. 5C1.2, 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3553(f)) is not subject to any statutory minimum term of 
    supervised release. This issue has arisen in a number of hotline calls. 
    This amendment also clarifies that the requirement in subsection (a), 
    with respect to the length of a term of supervised release, is subject 
    to the requirement in subsection (b) that the term be not less than any 
    statutorily required term of supervised release.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 5D1.2(a) is amended by deleting ``If'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``Subject to subsection (b), if''.
        Section 5D1.2(b) is amended by deleting ``The'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``Provided, that the''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 5D1.2 is amended by inserting the following 
    immediately before ``Background'':
        ``Application Note:
    
        1. In the case of a defendant who qualifies under Sec. 5C1.2 
    (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Minimum Sentence in 
    Certain Cases), the term of supervised release is to be determined 
    under subsection (a) without regard to any otherwise applicable 
    statutory minimum term of supervised release; i.e., the requirement 
    in subsection (b) is inapplicable in such a case because a statutory 
    minimum term of supervised release no longer applies to that 
    defendant.''.
    
    Section 5E1.1  Restitution
    
        31(A). Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment conforms the 
    provisions of Sec. 5E1.1 to the mandatory restitution provisions of the 
    Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996. Because the new 
    restitution provisions have ex post facto provisions that cannot be 
    addressed in the usual fashion (by determining whether the final 
    Chapter Five guideline range is greater), a separate provision is set 
    forth as a special instruction to address this issue and allow the 
    maintenance of the Commission's ``one book'' rule.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 5E1.1(a)(1) is amended by inserting 
    ``in the case of an identifiable victim of the offense for the full 
    amount of the victim's loss,'' immediately following ``restitution 
    order''; by deleting ``Sec. '' immediately after ``18 U.S.C.''; by 
    inserting ``2248, Sec. 2259, Sec. 2264, Sec. 2327, Sec. '' immediately 
    before ``3663''; and by deleting ``-3664'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``, or Sec. 3663A''.
        Section 5E1.1(a)(2) is amended by inserting ``impose a term of 
    probation or supervised release with a condition requiring restitution 
    in the case of an identifiable victim of the offense for the full 
    amount of the victim's loss,'' immediately before ``if a restitution''; 
    by deleting ``Sec. '' immediately following ``18 U.S.C.''; by deleting 
    ``-3664'' immediately following ``3663''; by deleting ``set forth in'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``under''; by inserting ``21 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 841, Sec. 848(a), Sec. 849, Sec. 856, Sec. 861, or Sec. 863,'' 
    immediately following ``States Code,''; and by deleting ``, impose a 
    term of probation or supervised release with a condition requiring 
    restitution''.
        Section 5E1.1(b) is amended by deleting it in its entirety and 
    inserting in lieu thereof:
        ``(b) Provided, that the provisions of subsection (a) do not 
    apply--
        (1) when full restitution has been made; or
        (2) in the case of a restitution order under Sec. 3663; a 
    restitution order under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3663A that pertains to an 
    offense against property described in 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3663A(c)(1)(A)(ii); or a condition of restitution imposed pursuant 
    to subsection (a)(2) above, to the extent the court finds, from facts 
    on the record, that (1) the number of identifiable victims is so large 
    as to make restitution impracticable, or (2) determining complex issues 
    of fact related to the cause or amount of the victim's losses would 
    complicate or prolong the sentencing process to a degree that the need 
    to provide restitution to any victim is outweighed by the burden on the 
    sentencing process.''
        Section 5E1.1(c) is amended by inserting ``to an identifiable 
    victim'' immediately following ``to make restitution''.
        Section 5E1.1(d) is deleted in its entirety and the following new 
    subsections are inserted in lieu thereof:
        ``(d) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make a 
    single, lump sum payment, partial payments at specified intervals, in-
    kind payments, or a combination of payments at specified intervals and 
    in-kind payments. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3664(f)(3)(A). An in-kind payment may 
    be in the form of (1) return of property; (2) replacement of property, 
    or (3) if the victim agrees, services rendered to the victim or to a 
    person or organization other than the victim. 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3664(f)(4).
        (e) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make nominal 
    periodic payments if the court finds from facts on the record that the 
    economic circumstances of the defendant do not
    
    [[Page 186]]
    
    allow the payment of any amount of a restitution order and do not allow 
    for the payment of the full amount of a restitution order in the 
    foreseeable future under any reasonable schedule of payments.
        (f) Special Instruction.
        (1) This guideline applies only to a defendant convicted of an 
    offense committed on or after November 1, 1997. Notwithstanding the 
    provisions of Sec. 1B1.11 (Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date 
    of Sentencing), use the former Sec. 5E1.1 (set forth in Appendix C, 
    amendment 537) in lieu of this guideline in any other case.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 5E1.1 captioned ``Application Note'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 1 in its entirety; and by deleting 
    ``Application Note:''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 5E1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended in 
    the first sentence of the first paragraph by inserting ``, United 
    States Code,'' immediately following ``Title 18''; by deleting the 
    second sentence and inserting the following in lieu thereof: ``Orders 
    of restitution are authorized under 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2248, 2259, 2264, 
    2327, 3663, and 3663A.''; in the third sentence by deleting ``other'' 
    immediately following ``For''; and by inserting ``for which an order of 
    restitution is not authorized'' immediately following ``offenses''; and 
    by deleting the fourth sentence and inserting in lieu thereof ``To the 
    extent that any of the above-noted statutory provisions conflict with 
    the provisions of this guideline, the applicable statutory provision 
    shall control.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 5E1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    deleting the second through fifth paragraphs in their entirety.
        Section 8B1.1 is deleted in its entirety and the following is 
    inserted in lieu thereof:
        ``Sec. 8B1.1. Restitution--Organizations.
        (a) The court shall----
        (1) Enter a restitution order in the case of an identifiable victim 
    of the offense for the full amount of the victim's loss, if such order 
    is authorized under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2248, Sec. 2259, Sec. 2264, 
    Sec. 2327, Sec. 3663, or Sec. 3663A; or
        (2) Impose a term of probation with a condition requiring 
    restitution in the case of an identifiable victim of the offense for 
    the full amount of the victim's loss, if a restitution order would be 
    authorized under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3663, except for the fact that the 
    offense of conviction is not an offense under Title 18, United States 
    Code, 21 U.S.C. Sec. 841, Sec. 848(a), Sec. 849, Sec. 856, Sec. 861, or 
    Sec. 863, or 49 U.S.C. Sec. 46312, Sec. 46502, or Sec. 46504.
        (b) Provided, that the provisions of subsection (a) do not apply--
        (1) when full restitution has been made; or
        (2) in the case of a restitution order under Sec. 3663; a 
    restitution order under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3663A that pertains to an 
    offense against property described in 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3663A(c)(1)(A)(ii); or a condition of restitution imposed pursuant 
    to subsection (a)(2) above, to the extent the court finds, from facts 
    on the record, that (1) the number of identifiable victims is so large 
    as to make restitution impracticable, or (2) determining complex issues 
    of fact related to the cause or amount of the victim's losses would 
    complicate or prolong the sentencing process to a degree that the need 
    to provide restitution to any victim is outweighed by the burden on the 
    sentencing process.
        (c) If a defendant is ordered to make restitution to an 
    identifiable victim and to pay a fine, the court shall order that any 
    money paid by the defendant shall first be applied to satisfy the order 
    of restitution.
        (d) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make a single, 
    lump sum payment, partial payments at specified intervals, in-kind 
    payments, or a combination of payments at specified intervals and in-
    kind payments. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3664(f)(3)(A). An in-kind payment may be 
    in the form of (1) return of property; (2) replacement of property, or 
    (3) if the victim agrees, services rendered to the victim or to a 
    person or organization other than the victim. 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3664(f)(4).
        (e) A restitution order may direct the defendant to make nominal 
    periodic payments if the court finds from facts on the record that the 
    economic circumstances of the defendant do not allow the payment of any 
    amount of a restitution order, and do not allow for the payment of the 
    full amount of a restitution order in the foreseeable future under any 
    reasonable schedule of payments.
        (f) Special Instruction.
        (1) This guideline applies only to a defendant convicted of an 
    offense committed on or after November 1, 1997. Notwithstanding the 
    provisions of Sec. 1B1.11 (Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date 
    of Sentencing), use the former Sec. 8B1.1 (set forth in Appendix C, 
    amendment 537) in lieu of this guideline in any other case.
    
    Commentary
    
        Background: Section 3553(a)(7) of Title 18 requires the court, ``in 
    determining the particular sentence to be imposed,'' to consider ``the 
    need to provide restitution to any victims of the offense.'' Orders of 
    restitution are authorized under 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2248, 2259, 2264, 
    2327, 3663, and 3663A. For offenses for which an order of restitution 
    is not authorized, restitution may be imposed as a condition of 
    probation.''.
        (B) Issue for Comment: Community Restitution--Section 205 of the 
    Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996 (``the Act'') 
    authorizes district courts to order ``community restitution'' when 
    sentencing a defendant convicted of an offense described in section 
    401, 408(a), 409, 416, 420, or 422(a) of the Controlled Substances Act 
    (21 U.S.C. Sec. 841, Sec. 848(a), Sec. 849, Sec. 856, Sec. 861, or 
    Sec. 863) in which there is no identifiable individual victim. The Act 
    further directs the Commission to promulgate guidelines, based on the 
    amount of public harm caused by the offense and not to exceed the 
    amount of the fine ordered for the offense, to assist courts in 
    determining the appropriate amount of community restitution to be 
    ordered in individual cases.
        The Commission requests comment regarding implementation of this 
    directive so as to fully effectuate congressional intent. The 
    Commission specifically requests comment on (1) how the Commission 
    should determine the appropriate amount of community restitution to be 
    ordered, (2) whether it would be appropriate to determine the amount of 
    community restitution by reference to the fine table found at section 
    5E1.2 of the Guidelines Manual, (3) whether it would be appropriate to 
    apportion a specific percentage of any fine ordered under the current 
    guidelines to community restitution, and (4) if it is appropriate to 
    apportion a specific percentage of any fine ordered under the current 
    guidelines to community restitution, whether the Commission should 
    adjust the fine table.
    
    Section 5E1.3  Special Assessments
    
        32. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment implements 
    section 210 of the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 
    1996. That section amends 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3013(a)(2) to provide for a 
    special assessment, in the case of a felony, of not less than $100 for 
    an individual and not less than $400 for an organization.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 5E1.3 is deleted in its entirety and 
    the following replacement guideline is inserted in lieu thereof:
    
    [[Page 187]]
    
    ``Sec. 5E1.3. Special Assessments.
    
        (a) In the case of a defendant convicted of a felony offense 
    committed on or after April 24, 1996, the special assessment shall be 
    $100.
        (b) In the case of a defendant convicted of--
        (1) A misdemeanor offense or an infraction; or
        (2) A felony offense committed prior to April 24, 1996,
    
    the special assessment shall be the amount fixed by statute (18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3013).
    
    Commentary
    
        Application Notes:
        1. This guideline applies only if the defendant is an individual. 
    See Sec. 8E1.1 for special assessments applicable to organizations.
        In the case of a felony conviction for an offense committed by an 
    individual on or after April 24, 1996, this guideline specifies a 
    special assessment in the amount of $100. Any greater special 
    assessment is a departure from this guideline.
        In any other case, the special assessment is in the amount set 
    forth by statute.
        2. The following special assessments are provided by statute (18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 3013):
        For Offenses Committed By Individuals On Or After April 24, 1996:
        (A) Not less than $100, if convicted of a felony;
        (B) $25, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
        (C) $10, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor or an infraction;
        (D) $5, if convicted of an infraction or a Class C misdemeanor.
        For Offenses Committed By Individuals On Or After November 18, 
    1988, But Prior To April 24, 1996:
        (E) $50, if convicted of a felony;
        (F) $25, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
        (G) $10, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor or an infraction;
        (H) $5, if convicted of an infraction or a Class C misdemeanor.
        For Offenses Committed By Individuals Prior To November 18, 1988:
        (I) $50, if convicted of a felony;
        (J) $25, if convicted of a misdemeanor.
        3. A special assessment is required by statute for each count of 
    conviction.
        Background: Section 3013 of Title 18, added by The Victims of 
    Crimes Act of 1984, Pub. L. No. 98-473, 98 Stat. 1837, 2174 (1984), 
    requires courts to impose special assessments on convicted defendants 
    for the purpose of funding the Crime Victims Fund established by the 
    same legislation.
        In the case of felony conviction for an offense committed on or 
    after April 24, 1996, the special assessment authorized by statute on 
    each count is not less than $100 if the defendant is an individual. No 
    maximum limit is specified. In all other cases, the amount of the 
    special assessment is fixed by statute.
        The Commission has set the guideline for a special assessment for a 
    felony offense committed by an individual on or after April 24, 1996 at 
    $100. The Commission believes a special assessment in this amount, 
    combined with the restitution provisions in Sec. 5E1.1 (Restitution) 
    and the fine provisions in Sec. 5E1.2 (Fines) (which increase with the 
    seriousness of the offense committed), will provide an appropriate, 
    coordinated financial penalty.''.
        Section 8E1.1 amended by deleting the guideline in its entirety and 
    the following replacement guideline is inserted in lieu thereof:
    
    Section 8E1.1.  Special Assessments--Organizations
    
        (a) In the case of a defendant convicted of a felony offense 
    committed on or after April 24, 1996, the special assessment shall be 
    $400.
        (b) In the case of a defendant convicted of--
        (1) A misdemeanor offense or an infraction; or
        (2) A felony offense committed prior to April 24, 1996,
    the special assessment shall be the amount fixed by statute (18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 3013).
    
    Commentary
    
        Application Notes:
        1. This guideline applies if the defendant is an organization. It 
    does not apply if the defendant is an individual. See Sec. 5E1.3 for 
    special assessments applicable to individuals.
        In the case of a felony conviction for an offense committed by an 
    organization on or after April 24, 1996, this guideline specifies a 
    special assessment in the amount of $400. Any greater special 
    assessment is a departure from this guideline.
        In any other case, the special assessment is in the amount set 
    forth by statute.
        2. The following special assessments are provided by statute (18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 3013):
        For Offenses Committed By Organizations On Or After April 24, 1996:
        (A) Not less than $400, if convicted of a felony;
        (B) $125, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
        (C) $50, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor; or
        (D) $25, if convicted of a Class C misdemeanor or an infraction.
        For Offenses Committed By Organizations On Or After November 18, 
    1988 But Prior To April 24, 1996:
        (E) $200, if convicted of a felony;
        (F) $125, if convicted of a Class A misdemeanor;
        (G) $50, if convicted of a Class B misdemeanor; or
        (H) $25, if convicted of a Class C misdemeanor or an infraction.
        For Offenses Committed By Organizations Prior To November 18, 1988:
        (I) $200, if convicted of a felony;
        (J) $100, if convicted of a misdemeanor.
        3. A special assessment is required by statute for each count of 
    conviction.
        Background: Section 3013 of Title 18, added by The Victims of 
    Crimes Act of 1984, Pub. L. No. 98-473, Title II, Chap. XIV, requires 
    courts to impose special assessments on convicted defendants for the 
    purpose of funding the Crime Victims Fund established by the same 
    legislation.
        In the case of felony conviction for an offense committed on or 
    after April 24, 1996, the special assessment authorized by statute on 
    each count is not less than $400 if the defendant is an organization. 
    No maximum limit is specified. In all other cases, the amount of the 
    special assessment is fixed by statute.
        The Commission has set the guideline for a special assessment for a 
    felony offense committed by an organization on or after April 24, 1996 
    at $400. The Commission believes a special assessment in this amount, 
    combined with the restitution provisions in Part B of this Chapter and 
    the fine provisions in Part C of this Chapter (which increase with the 
    seriousness of the offense committed), will provide an appropriate, 
    coordinated financial penalty.''.
    
    Section 5H1.13  Susceptibility to Abuse in Prison and Designation of 
    Prison Facility
    
        33. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment creates an 
    additional policy statement in Chapter 5, part H as Sec. 5H1.13 
    (Susceptibility to Abuse in Prison and Designation of Prison (Policy 
    Statement)). The amendment provides that neither susceptibility to 
    abuse in prison nor the type of imprisonment facility designated for 
    service of imprisonment is ordinarily relevant in determining a 
    departure.
        Proposed Amendment: Chapter 5, Part H is amended by inserting an 
    additional policy statement as:
    
    [[Page 188]]
    
        ``Sec. 5H1.13. Susceptibility to Abuse in Prison and Designation of 
    Prison Facility (Policy Statement).
        Neither susceptibility to abuse in prison nor the type of facility 
    designated for service of a term of imprisonment is ordinarily relevant 
    in determining whether a sentence should be outside the applicable 
    guideline range.''.
    
    Section 5K2.0  Grounds for Departure
    
        34. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment proposes to make 
    changes to policy statement Sec. 5K2.0 (Grounds for Departure). The 
    proposed amendment moves language discussing departure policies from 
    the Introduction of the Guidelines Manual to Sec. 5K2.0; deletes a 
    sentence that, under the proposed emergency amendment to the 
    immigration guidelines, will no longer be apt; adds a citation to Koon 
    v. United States, 116 S.Ct. 2035 (1996), to reflect the greater 
    deference to be accorded district court departure decisions by the 
    appellate courts; adds a sentence stating that departures must be 
    consistent with the purposes of sentencing and Sentencing Reform Act 
    goals; and makes minor changes to improve the precision of the 
    language.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 5K2.0 is amended by deleting ``Under 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 3553(b) the sentencing court may impose a sentence outside 
    the range established by the applicable guideline, if the court finds 
    `that there exists an aggravating or mitigating circumstance of a kind, 
    or to a degree, not adequately taken into consideration by the 
    Sentencing Commission in formulating the guidelines that should result 
    in a sentence different from that described.' '' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``The Sentencing Reform Act permits a court to depart from a 
    guideline range when it finds `an aggravating or mitigating 
    circumstance, of a kind or to a degree, not adequately taken into 
    consideration by the Sentencing Commission in formulating the 
    guidelines that should result in a sentence different from that 
    described. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3553(b). The Commission intends for 
    sentencing courts to treat each guideline as carving out a `heartland,' 
    a set of typical cases embodying the conduct that each guideline 
    describes. When a court finds an atypical case, one to which a 
    particular guideline linguistically applies, but where conduct 
    significantly differs from the norm, the court may consider whether a 
    departure is warranted. With the few exceptions noted below, the 
    Commission does not intend to limit the kinds of factors, whether or 
    not mentioned anywhere else in the guidelines, that could constitute 
    grounds for departure in an unusual case.
        Factors that the court may not take into account as grounds for 
    departure are:
        (1) race, sex, national origin, creed, religion, and socio-economic 
    status (See Sec. 5H1.10);
        (2) Lack of guidance as a youth and similar circumstances (See 
    Sec. 5H1.12);
        (3) Drug or alcohol abuse (See Sec. 5H1.4);
        (4) Personal financial difficulties and economic pressures upon a 
    trade or business (See Sec. 5K2.12).''.
        Section 5K2.0 is amended in the first paragraph by beginning a new 
    paragraph at the sentence that starts ``Circumstances that may warrant 
    departure''; by deleting ``guidelines'' immediately following ``from 
    the'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``guideline range''; by deleting 
    ``controlling'' immediately following ``The''; by deleting ``can only 
    be'' immediately following ``warranted'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``most appropriately is''; by deleting ``courts'' immediately following 
    ``the'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``sentencing court on a case-
    specific basis''; by inserting ``determining'' immediately following 
    ``consideration in''; by deleting ``guidelines'' immediately following 
    ``consideration in the'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``guideline 
    range''; by deleting ``guideline level'' immediately following 
    ``circumstances, the'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``weight''; and by 
    inserting ``under the guidelines'' immediately following ``factor''.
        Section 5K2.0 is amended in the third paragraph by deleting ``For 
    example, the use of a weapon has been listed as a specific offense 
    characteristic under many guidelines, but not under immigration 
    violations. Therefore, if a weapon is a relevant factor to sentencing 
    for an immigration violation, the court may depart for this reason.''
        Section 5K2.0 is amended in the fourth paragraph by deleting ``An'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``Finally, an''; by inserting ``, in the 
    commission's view,'' immediately following ``circumstance that''; and 
    by inserting parentheses around ``not ordinarily relevant'' immediately 
    before ``in determining''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 5K2.0 is amended by inserting ``Moreover, 
    any cited basis for departure must be consistent with the statutory 
    purposes of sentencing and the fundamental objectives of the Sentencing 
    Reform Act. See 18 U.S.C. Secs. 3553(a),(b), 28 U.S.C. Sec. 991 
    (b)(1).'' immediately before ``For, example''; and by inserting as a 
    new paragraph ``The Supreme Court has determined that, in reviewing a 
    district court's decision to depart from the guidelines, appellate 
    courts are to apply an abuse of discretion standard. Koon v. United 
    States, 116 S.Ct. 2035 (1996).''
    
    Section 5K2.19  Successive Federal Prosecution
    
        35. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment proposes to 
    create an additional amendment in Chapter 5, Part K as Sec. 5K2.19 
    (Successive Federal Prosecutions (Policy Statement)). The amendment 
    provides that a federal prosecution following another jurisdiction's 
    prosecution for the same or similar conduct is not ordinarily relevant 
    in determining a departure, except as authorized by Sec. 5G1.3 
    (Imposition of a Sentence on a Defendant subject to an Undischarged 
    Term of Imprisonment).
        Proposed Amendment: Chapter 5, Part K is amended by inserting an 
    additional policy statement as follows:
    
        ``Sec. 5K2.19. Successive Federal Prosecution (Policy 
    Statement).
        Prosecution and conviction in federal court following 
    prosecution in another jurisdiction for the same or similar offense 
    conduct is not ordinarily relevant in determining whether a sentence 
    below the guideline range is warranted, except as authorized by 
    Sec. 5G1.3 (Imposition of a Sentence on a Defendant subject to an 
    Undischarged Term of Imprisonment). In circumstances not covered by 
    Sec. 5G1.3, concerns about the impact of successive prosecutions 
    must be carefully weighed against concerns relating to the 
    legitimate exercise of prosecutorial authority by separate 
    sovereigns.''.
    
    Section 6A1.1  Presentence Report
    
        36. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment makes a number 
    of technical changes to Chapter Six (Sentencing Procedures and Plea 
    Agreements) to reflect changes recently made in the structure of Rule 
    32, Fed. R. Crim. P.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 6A1.1 is amended by deleting ``(c)(1)'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``(b)(1)''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 6A1.1 is amended by deleting ``(c)(1)'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``(b)(1)''.
        Section 6A1.2 is amended by deleting ``See Model Local Rule for 
    Guideline Sentencing prepared by the Probation Committee of the 
    Judicial Conference (August 1987)'' and insert in lieu thereof ``Rule 
    32 (b)(6), Fed. R. Crim. P.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 6A1.2 captioned ``Application Note'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by deleting ``111 S. Ct. 2182'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``501 U.S. 129, 135-39''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 6A1.2 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    inserting
    
    [[Page 189]]
    
    ``in writing'' immediately following ``respond''; and by deleting the 
    second, third, and fourth sentences and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``Rule 32 (b)(6), Fed. R. Crim. P.''.
        Section 6A1.3(a) is amended in the second sentence by deleting 
    ``reasonable'' immediately before ``dispute''.
        Section Sec. 6A1.3(b) is amended by inserting ``at a sentencing 
    hearing'' immediately following ``factors''; by deleting ``(a)(1)'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``(c)(1)''; and by deleting ``(effective Nov. 
    1, 1987), notify the parties of its tentative findings and provide a 
    reasonable opportunity for the submission of oral written objections 
    before imposition of sentence''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 6A1.3 is amended in the seventh sentence of 
    the first paragraph by deleting ``reasonable'' immediately before 
    ``dispute''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 6A1.3 is amended by deleting the last 
    paragraph in its entirety.
    
    Consolidation of Closely Related Guidelines
    
        37. Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment consolidates a 
    number of Chapter Two offense guidelines. There are several advantages 
    to consolidation of offense guidelines: (1) shortening the Guidelines 
    Manual and simplifying its application and appearance; (2) reducing the 
    potential for inconsistency in phraseology and definitions between 
    closely related offense guidelines (and litigation as to the meaning of 
    such differences); (3) reducing the potential for inadvertent, 
    unwarranted inconsistency in offense levels among closely related 
    offense guidelines; (4) reducing the potential for uncertainty (and 
    resulting litigation) as to which offense guideline applies when one 
    statute references two or more closely related offense guidelines; (5) 
    making application of the rules relating to the grouping of multiple 
    counts of conviction simpler by reducing the frequency of cases in 
    which the offense levels have to be determined under more than one 
    guideline using aggregate quantity and then compared (Sec. 3D1.3(b)); 
    (6) reducing the number of cross references in the Guidelines Manual 
    and the added calculations entailed; (7) aiding the development of case 
    law because cases involving similar or identical concepts will be 
    referenced under one guideline section rather than different guideline 
    sections; and (8) reducing the number of conforming amendments required 
    when the guidelines are amended.
        On the other hand, the proposed consolidation of offense guidelines 
    may raise one or more of the following concerns: (1) some of the 
    proposals result, or may result, in a change in offense levels for some 
    offenses (due mainly to the application of specific offense 
    characteristics and cross references as a result of consolidation); (2) 
    some of the proposals may move closer to a ``real offense'' system with 
    respect to offense behavior covered by those proposals; and (3) some of 
    the proposals implicate other policy issues (e.g.; through the 
    elimination of specific offense characteristics).
        (A) Consolidation of Secs. 2A1.5 and 2E1.4.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Section 2E1.4 (Use of Interstate 
    Commerce Facilities in the Commission of Murder-For-Hire) is 
    consolidated with Sec. 2A1.5 (Conspiracy or Solicitation to Commit 
    Murder) with no change in offense levels. The base offense level of 32 
    under Sec. 2E1.4 is represented in the consolidation by a base offense 
    level of 28 plus four levels for pecuniary gain under subsection 
    (b)(2). The four-level enhancement for pecuniary gain always should 
    apply to murder-for-hire offenses under Sec. 2E1.4. This amendment also 
    eliminates the cross reference in Sec. 2A1.5(c)(2) and replaces it with 
    a bodily injury enhancement in subsection (b)(1).
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 31 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2A1.5 (in 13 of those it was the primary guideline) and 26 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E1.4 (in 24 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 28 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2A1.5 (in 18 of those it was the primary guideline) and 31 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E1.4 (in 23 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 25 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2A1.5 (in 16 of those it was the primary guideline) and 20 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E1.4 (in 15 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2A1.5 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Use of Interstate Commerce Facilities in the 
    Commission of Murder-For-Hire''. Section 2A1.5(b) is amended by 
    redesignating subdivision (1) as subdivision (2) and by inserting the 
    following new subdivision:
        ``(1) (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening 
    bodily injury, increase by 4 levels; or (B) if the victim sustained 
    serious bodily injury, increase by 2 levels''.
        Section 2A1.5(c) is amended in the caption by deleting 
    ``References'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Reference''.
        Section 2A1.5(c) is amended by deleting:
        ``(2) If the offense resulted in an attempted murder or assault 
    with intent to commit murder, apply Sec. 2A2.1 (Assault With Intent to 
    Commit Murder; Attempted Murder).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A1.5 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting after ``1751(d)'' ``,1958 (formerly 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 1952A).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A1.5 is amended by inserting the following 
    at the end:
    
        ``Application Notes:
        1. Definitions of `serious bodily injury' and `permanent or 
    life-threatening bodily injury' are found in the Commentary to 
    Sec. 1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
        2. If the offense involved a substantial risk of death or 
    serious bodily injury to more than one person, an upward departure 
    may be warranted.''.
    
        Section 2E1.4 is deleted in its entirety.
        (B) Consolidation of Secs. 2A2.3 and 2A2.4.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Section 2A2.4 (Obstructing or 
    Impeding Officers) is consolidated with Sec. 2A2.3 (Minor Assault). The 
    resulting offense levels are the same as those under the current 
    guidelines, except for the following differences. First, the cross 
    reference to aggravated assault (shown as an option under the 
    consolidated guideline) would now apply to offenses under Sec. 2A2.3. 
    Currently, the cross reference to aggravated assault applies only to 
    Sec. 2A2.4. Second, the enhancement for official victim in the 
    consolidated guideline would now apply to minor assault cases under 
    Sec. 2A2.3. Similarly, the upward departure provision for significant 
    disruption of governmental function (Application Note 3 of the 
    consolidated guideline) would apply to minor assault cases.
        In addition, there is a split among the circuits as to whether 
    subsection (c) refers to the conviction offense or is based on 
    consideration of the underlying conduct (compare United States v. 
    Jennings, 991 F.2d 725 (11th Cir. 1993) with United States v. Padilla, 
    961 F.2d 322 (2d Cir.), cert. denied, 506 U.S. 846 (1992). There seems 
    no reason for the cross reference to apply to one guideline but not the 
    other. Two options are provided. If the bracketed language (subsection 
    (c)) is included, the cross reference to Sec. 2A2.2 will apply on the 
    basis of the underlying conduct (i.e., whether the assault was an 
    aggravated or simple assault will be a sentencing
    
    [[Page 190]]
    
    rather than a charge offense factor). If the bracketed language is not 
    included, Sec. 2A2.2 will apply only if established by the offense of 
    conviction (see Sec. 1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines)).
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 26 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2A2.3 (in 25 of those it was the primary guideline) and 97 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2A2.4 (in 83 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 27 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2A2.3 (in 22 of those it was the primary guideline) and 85 cases 
    under Sec. 2A2.4 (in 73 of those it was the primary guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 24 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2A2.3 (in 19 of those it was the primary guideline) and 120 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2A2.4 (in 98 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2A2.3 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Obstruction or Impeding Officers''.
        Section 2A2.3(b) is amended by deleting ``Characteristic'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``Characteristics''.
        Section 2A2.3(b) is amended by redesignating subdivision (1) as 
    subdivision (2) and inserting the following new subsection:
        ``(1) If the offense involved obstructing or impeding a 
    governmental officer in the performance of his duty, increase by 3 
    levels.''.
        Section 2A2.3(b) is amended in the redesignated (2) (formerly (1)) 
    by deleting ``resulted in'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``involved''.
        Section 2A2.3 is amended by adding the following additional 
    subsection:
        ``[(c) Cross Reference.
        (1) If the offense involved aggravated assault, apply Sec. 2A2.2 
    (Aggravated Assault).]''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A2.3 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``111,'' immediately before ``112''; by inserting 
    ``1501, 1502,'' immediately following ``351(e),''; and by inserting ``, 
    3056(d)'' immediately following ``1751(e)''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A2.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Notes 1 through 3 and inserting the following as 
    new Notes 1 through 3:
    
        ``1. For purposes of this guideline--
        `Minor assault' means a misdemeanor assault, or a felonious 
    assault not covered by Sec. 2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault).
        `Firearm' and `dangerous weapon' have the meaning given such 
    terms in the Commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 (Application Instructions).
        `Substantial bodily injury' means `bodily injury which involves 
    (A) a temporary but substantial disfigurement; or (B) a temporary 
    but substantial loss or impairment of the function of any bodily 
    member, organ, or mental faculty.' See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 113(b)(1).
        2. Subsection (b)(1) reflects the fact that the victim was a 
    governmental officer performing official duties. If subsection 
    (b)(1) applies, do not apply Sec. 3A1.2 (Official Victim) unless the 
    offense level is determined by use of the cross reference in 
    subsection (c).
        3. The offense level under this guideline does not assume any 
    significant disruption of governmental functions. In situations 
    involving such disruption, an upward departure may be warranted. See 
    Sec. 5K2.7 (Disruption of Governmental Function).''.
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2A2.3 captioned ``Background'' is deleted in 
    its entirety.
        Section 2A2.4 is amended by deleting it in its entirety.
        (C) Consolidation of Secs. 2B1.1, 2B1.3, 2B6.1, and 2H3.3.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This is a three-part amendment. 
    First, Sec. 2B1.3 (Property Damage or Destruction) is consolidated with 
    Sec. 2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft; Receiving, 
    Transporting, Transferring, Transmitting, or Possessing Stolen 
    Property) with no change in offense levels.
        Second, Sec. 2B6.1 (Altering or Removing Motor Vehicle 
    Identification Numbers, or Trafficking in Motor Vehicles or Parts with 
    Altered or Obliterated Identification Numbers) is consolidated with 
    Sec. 2B1.1. Section 2B6.1 is, in effect, a stolen property guideline 
    limited to stolen automobiles and automobile parts with altered or 
    obliterated identification numbers. The offense levels resulting from 
    application of the current guidelines in most cases are identical. The 
    only differences are that Sec. 2B6.1 has a built-in adjustment for more 
    than minimal planning and a loss of at least $2,000. In the small 
    percentage of cases in which the loss is $1,000 or less, or more than 
    minimal planning is not found, the offense level from Sec. 2B6.1 is 
    higher than from Sec. 2B1.1. To ensure no reduction in offense level 
    (with respect to the more than minimal planning adjustment) under the 
    consolidated guideline, an application note is added providing that 
    more than minimal planning is deemed present when the offense involved 
    altering or removing an automobile or automobile part identification 
    number or trafficking in an automobile or automobile part with an 
    altered or obliterated identification number. Therefore, under the 
    consolidated guideline, if the value of the vehicle(s) or part(s) is 
    more than $1,000, the offense level will be the same as under the 
    current guidelines. The only difference in offense level between the 
    current and proposed guideline is that if the value of the vehicle(s) 
    or part(s) is $100 or less, the offense level under the consolidated 
    guideline will be 6 rather than 8; and if the value of the vehicle(s) 
    or part(s) is $101-$1,000, the offense level under the consolidated 
    guideline will be 7 rather than 8. In FY 95, 4.3% of cases (i.e.; 3 of 
    70 cases) sentenced under Sec. 2B6.1 did not receive an enhancement 
    under Sec. 2B6.1(b)(1) because the value of the vehicle was less than 
    $2,000.
        Third, the consolidation of Secs. 2B1.1 and 2B1.3 allows the 
    consolidation of Sec. 2H3.3 (Obstructing Correspondence) with 
    Sec. 2B1.1. No substantive change in offense levels would result.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 3,902 cases sentenced under 
    Secs. 2B1.1 and 2B1.2 (which is now consolidated with Sec. 2B1.1; in 
    3,769 of those they were the primary guidelines), 79 cases sentenced 
    under Sec. 2B1.3 (in 74 of those it was the primary guideline), 93 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2B6.1 (in 85 of those it was the primary 
    guideline), and 17 cases sentenced under Sec. 2H3.3 (in all of those it 
    was the primary guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 3,712 cases sentenced under 
    Secs. 2B1.1/2B1.2 (in 3,598 of those they were the primary guidelines), 
    62 cases sentenced under Sec. 2B1.3 (in 56 of those it was the primary 
    guideline), 55 cases sentenced under Sec. 2B6.1 (in 51 of those it was 
    the primary guideline), and nine cases sentenced under Sec. 2H3.3 (in 
    all of those it was the primary guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 3,265 cases sentenced under 
    Secs. 2B1.1/2B1.2 (in 3,152 of those it was the primary guideline), 81 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2B1.3 (in 77 of those it was the primary 
    guideline), 75 cases sentenced under Sec. 2B6.1 (in 70 of those it was 
    the primary guideline), and seven cases sentenced under Sec. 2H3.3 (in 
    all of those it was the primary guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2B1.1 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Property Damage or Destruction; Obstructing 
    Correspondence''.
        Section Sec. 2B1.1(b)(3) is amended by redesignating ``(B)'' as 
    ``(C)'';
        By deleting ``or'' immediately after ``was taken'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``destroyed, or obstructed, (B)'';
        And by deleting ``of such item'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``,destruction, or obstruction of undelivered United States mail''.
        Section 2B1.1(b)(5) is amended by inserting ``or to receive stolen 
    vehicles or vehicle parts,'' immediately following ``vehicle parts,''.
    
    [[Page 191]]
    
        Section 2B1.1(c) is amended by deleting ``Reference'' and inserting 
    in lieu thereof ``References''; and by inserting the following new 
    subdivision at the end:
        ``(2) If the offense involved arson, or property destruction by use 
    of explosives, apply Sec. 2K1.4 (Arson; Property Destruction by Use of 
    Explosives) if the resulting offense level is greater than that 
    determined above.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B1.1 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``511,'' immediately following ``225,''; by 
    inserting ``(2),'' immediately following ``553(a)(1),''; by inserting 
    ``1361,'' immediately following ``664,''; by inserting ``1703,'' 
    immediately following ``1702,''; and by inserting ``,2321'' immediately 
    following ``2317''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional notes:
    
        ``15. In some cases, the monetary value of the property damaged 
    or destroyed may not adequately reflect the extent of the harm 
    caused. For example, the destruction of a $500 telephone line may 
    cause an interruption in service to thousands of people for several 
    hours. In such instances, an upward departure may be warranted.
        16. More than minimal planning shall be deemed present in any 
    offense involving altering or removing an automobile (or automobile 
    part) identification number or trafficking in an automobile (or 
    automobile part) with an altered or obliterated identification 
    number.''.
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    inserting the following as a new first paragraph:
        ``This guideline covers offenses involving theft, stolen property, 
    and property damage or destruction. It also covers offenses involving 
    altering or removing motor vehicle identification numbers, trafficking 
    in automobiles or automobile parts with altered or obliterated 
    identification numbers, and obstructing correspondence.'';
        In the third paragraph by deleting ``Consistent with statutory 
    distinctions, an'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``An''; by inserting 
    in the first sentence of the third paragraph ``, destruction, or 
    obstruction'' immediately following ``theft''; and by deleting in the 
    third paragraph ``. Theft of undelivered mail interferes with a 
    governmental function, and the scope of the theft may be difficult to 
    ascertain'' immediately following ``undelivered mail'', and inserting 
    in lieu thereof ``because theft, destruction, or obstruction of 
    undelivered mail inherently interferes with a governmental function''; 
    in the fourth paragraph by inserting ``or to receive stolen vehicles or 
    vehicle parts'' immediately following ``vehicle parts'';
        Section 2B1.3 is deleted in its entirety.
        Section 2B6.1 is deleted in its entirety.
        Section 2H3.3 is deleted in its entirety.
        Section 2K1.4(a)(4) is amended by deleting ``Sec. 2B1.3 (Property 
    Damage or Destruction)'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Sec. 2B1.1 
    (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft; Receiving, 
    Transporting, Transferring, Transmitting, or Possessing Stolen 
    Property; Property Damage or Destruction; Obstructing 
    Correspondence)''.
        (D) Consolidation of Secs. 2C1.2 and 2C1.6.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment consolidates 
    Secs. 2C1.2 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity) and 
    2C1.6 (Loan or Gratuity to Bank Examiner, or Gratuity for Adjustment of 
    Farm Indebtedness, or Procuring Bank Loan, or Discount of Commercial 
    Paper). Both guidelines cover offenses involving gratuities and have 
    identical base offense levels. There are, however, several 
    inconsistencies between Secs. 2C1.2 and 2C1.6. Section 2C1.2 (like 
    Sec. 2C1.1) contains enhancements for multiple instances and 
    involvement of high-level officials, but Sec. 2C1.6 does not contain 
    these enhancements. Section 2C1.2 has a special instruction pertaining 
    to fines for organizations; Sec. 2C1.6 does not contain this 
    instruction. This amendment removes these inconsistencies. In addition, 
    this amendment adds an application note to clarify that the unlawful 
    payment involved need not be a monetary payment.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 15 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2C1.2 (in 13 of those it was the primary guideline) and one case 
    sentenced under Sec. 2C1.6 (in that case it was also the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 39 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2C1.2 (in 37 of those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2C1.6.
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 37 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2C1.1 (in 35 of those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2C1.6.
        Proposed Amendment: Section Sec. 2C1.2(b)(2)(A) is amended by 
    deleting ``gratuity'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``unlawful 
    payment''.
        Section Sec. 2C1.2(b)(2)(B) is amended by deleting ``gratuity'' and 
    inserting in lieu thereof ``unlawful payment''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.2 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``Sec. '' immediately following ``Sec. ''; and by 
    inserting ``, 212, 214, 217, 666'' immediately following ``(c)(1)''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by inserting the following additional note:
    
        ``5. An unlawful payment may be anything of value; it need not 
    be a monetary payment.''.
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.2 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    deleting the second, third, and fourth sentences and inserting the 
    following in lieu thereof:
    
        ``It also applies to the offer to, or acceptance by, a bank 
    examiner of any unlawful payment; the offer or receipt of anything 
    of value for procuring a loan or discount of commercial paper from a 
    Federal Reserve Bank; and the acceptance of a fee or other 
    consideration by a federal employee for adjusting or cancelling a 
    farm debt.''.
    
        (E) Consolidation of Secs. 2C1.3, 2C1.4, and 2C1.5.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment consolidates 
    Secs. 2C1.3 (Conflict of Interest), 2C1.4 (Payment or Receipt of 
    Unauthorized Compensation), and Sec. 2C1.5 (Payments to Obtain Public 
    Office) .
        Although the elements of the offenses of conflict of interest 
    (currently covered by Sec. 2C1.3) and unauthorized compensation 
    (currently covered by Sec. 2C1.4) payment differ in some ways, the 
    gravamen of the offenses is similar--unauthorized receipt of a payment 
    in respect to an official act. The base offense levels for both 
    guidelines are identical. The few cases in which these guidelines were 
    applied usually involved a conflict of interest offense that was 
    associated with a bribe or gratuity; i.e., the conflict of interest 
    statute was used as a plea bargaining statute.
        Note that there may be a change in offense levels for some cases if 
    the cross reference to the guidelines for offenses involving a bribe or 
    gratuity is provided. If the bracketed language (subsection (c)) is 
    included, a cross reference to Sec. 2C1.1 or Sec. 2C1.2 will apply on 
    the basis of the underlying conduct; i.e., as a sentencing factor 
    rather than a charge of conviction factor.
        Offenses involving payment to obtain public office (currently 
    covered by Sec. 2C1.5) generally, but not always, involve the promised 
    use of influence to obtain public appointive office. Also, such 
    offenses need not involve a public official (see, for example, the 
    second paragraph of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 211). The current offense level for 
    all such offenses is level 8. The two statutes to which Sec. 2C1.5 
    applies (18 U.S.C. Secs. 210
    
    [[Page 192]]
    
    and 211) are both Class A misdemeanors.
        Under the proposed consolidation, the base offense level would be 
    level 6, but the higher base offense level of Sec. 2C1.5 would be taken 
    into account by a 2-level enhancement in subsection (b)(2) covering 
    conduct under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 210 and the first paragraph of 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 211. There is one circumstance in which a lower offense level may 
    result and one circumstance in which a higher offense level may result. 
    The offense level for conduct under the second paragraph of 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 211 (the prong of Sec. 211 that does not pertain to the promise or 
    use of influence) is reduced to level 6. On the other hand, conduct 
    that involves a bribe of a government official will result in an 
    increased offense level (level 10 or greater) under the proposed cross 
    reference.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows four cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2C1.3 (in all of those it was the primary guideline), seven cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2C1.4 (in all of those it was the primary 
    guideline), and no cases sentenced under Sec. 2C1.5.
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 16 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2C1.3 (in 13 of those it was the primary guideline), 16 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2C1.4 (in 15 of those it was the primary 
    guideline), and one case sentenced under Sec. 2C1.5 (in that case it 
    was also the primary guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 10 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2C1.3 (in all of those it was the primary guideline), six cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2C1.4 (in all of those it was the primary 
    guideline), and no cases sentenced under Sec. 2C1.5.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2C1.3 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Payment or Receipt of Unauthorized 
    Compensation; Payments to Obtain Public Office''.
        Section 2C1.3(b) is amended by inserting the following additional 
    subsection:
        (2) If the offense involved (A) the payment, offer, or promise of 
    any money or thing of value in consideration of the use of, or promise 
    to use, any influence to procure an appointive federal position for any 
    person; or (B) the solicitation or receipt of any money or thing or 
    value in consideration of the promise of support, or use of influence, 
    in obtaining an appointive federal position for any person, increase by 
    2 levels.
        Section 2C1.3 is amended by inserting at the end the following:
        [(c) Cross Reference.
        (1) If the offense involved a bribe or gratuity, apply Sec. 2C1.1 
    (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under 
    Color of Official Right) or Sec. 2C1.2 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, 
    or Receiving a Gratuity), as appropriate, if the resulting offense 
    level is greater than determined above.]
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.3 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``, 209, 210, 211, 1909'' immediately following 
    ``208''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.3 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting ``Note'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``Notes''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2C1.3 captioned ``Background'' is deleted in 
    its entirety.
        Section 2C1.4 is deleted in its entirety.
        Section 2C1.5 is deleted in its entirety.
        (F) Consolidation of Secs. 2D1.9 and 2D1.10.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Section 2D1.10 is consolidated with 
    Sec. 2D1.9. The offenses covered by both guidelines essentially involve 
    endangering human life while manufacturing a controlled substance. The 
    treatment under the current guidelines, however, is very different. 
    Under Sec. 2D1.9 (effective 11/1/87), the offense level is 23, with no 
    additional characteristics. Under Sec. 2D1.10 (effective 11/1/89), the 
    offense level is the greater of 20 or 3 plus the offense level from the 
    underlying drug offense. In the consolidated guideline, the structure 
    from Sec. 2D1.10 (the more recently adopted guideline) is used. Two 
    bracketed options (level 20 or level 23) are provided for the 
    alternative base offense level in subsection (a)(2). If level 20 is 
    provided as the alternative base offense level under subsection (a)(2), 
    a change in offense levels for some cases under Sec. 2D1.9 may result. 
    The base offense level currently is 23 for offenses under Sec. 2D1.9. 
    The base offense level applicable for such offenses under the 
    consolidation with Sec. 2D1.10 would be either 3 plus the offense level 
    from the Drug Quantity Table in Sec. 2D1.1; or 20.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2D1.9 or Sec. 2D1.10.
        The 1994 Annual report (FY 94) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2D1.9 and four cases sentenced under Sec. 2D1.10 (in all of those 
    it was the primary guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2D1.9 and four cases sentenced under Sec. 2D1.10 (in all of those 
    it was the primary guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2D1.10 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Placing or Maintaining Dangerous Devices on 
    Federal Property to Protect the Unlawful Production of Controlled 
    Substances; Attempt or Conspiracy''.
        Section 2D1.10(a)(2) is amended by deleting ``20'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``[20][23]''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2D1.10 is amended by deleting ``Provision'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``Provisions'' and by inserting 
    ``Sec. 841 (e),'' immediately following ``Sec. ''.
        Section 2D1.9 is deleted in its entirety.
        Section 2D1.10 is redesignated as Sec. 2D1.9.
        (G) Consolidation of Secs. 2D2.1 and 2D2.2.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2D2.2 (Acquiring a 
    Controlled Substance by Forgery, Fraud, Deception, or Subterfuge; 
    Attempt or Conspiracy) and 2D2.1 (Unlawful Possession; Attempt or 
    Conspiracy) are consolidated. The only substantive change is that any 
    adjustment for acquiring a controlled substance by forgery, fraud, 
    deception, or subterfuge will be determined as a sentencing factor 
    rather than on the basis of the offense of conviction.
        The 1993 Annual Report shows 961 cases sentenced under Sec. 2D2.1 
    (in 904 of those it was the primary guideline) and 38 cases sentenced 
    under Sec. 2D2.2 (in 34 of those it was the primary guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 845 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2D2.1 (in 809 of those it was the primary guideline) and 46 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2D2.2 (in 41 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 630 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2D2.1 (in 587 of those it was the primary guideline), 24 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2D2.2 (in 17 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2D2.1 is amended in the title by 
    inserting ``of a Controlled Substance; Acquiring a Controlled Substance 
    by Misrepresentation, Forgery, Fraud, Deception or Subterfuge'' 
    immediately following ``Possession''.
        Section 2D2.1(b) is redesignated as ``(c)''.
        Section 2D2.1(c)(2) (formerly (b)(2)) is amended by inserting ``if 
    the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above'' 
    immediately before ``.''.
        Section 2D2.1 is amended by adding the following new subsection 
    after subsection (a):
        ``(b) Specific Offense Characteristic
        (1) If the offense involved acquiring a controlled substance from a 
    legally
    
    [[Page 193]]
    
    authorized source by misrepresentation, forgery, fraud, deception, or 
    subterfuge, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is 
    less than level 8, increase to level 8.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2D2.1 is amended by deleting ``Provision'' 
    and inserting in lieu thereof ``Provisions'' and by inserting 
    ``Sec. 843(a)(3),'' immediately after ``Sec. ''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2D2.1 is amended by inserting the following:
    
        ``Application Note:
        1. Subsection (b)(1) would apply, for example, where the 
    defendant obtained a controlled substance from a pharmacist by using 
    a forged prescription or a prescription obtained from a physician by 
    fraud or deception.''.
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2D2.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended in 
    the second paragraph by deleting ``2D2.1(b)'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``2D2.1(c)''.
        Section 2D2.2 is deleted in its entirety.
        (H) Consolidation of Secs. 2D3.1 and 2D3.2.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2D3.1 (Regulatory Offenses 
    Involving Registration Numbers; Unlawful Advertising Relating to 
    Schedule I Substances; Attempt or Conspiracy) and 2D3.2 (Regulatory 
    Offenses Involving Controlled Substances; Attempt or Conspiracy) are 
    consolidated. Section 2D3.1 currently has a base offense level of 6; 
    Sec. 2D3.2 has a base offense level of 4. The consolidated guideline 
    would have a base offense level of 6, the base offense level most 
    typical for regulatory offenses.
        The 1993 Annual Report shows seven cases sentenced under Sec. 2D3.1 
    (in all of those it was the primary guideline) and three cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2D3.2 (then Secs. 2D3.2-2D3.5; in all of those 
    they were the primary guidelines).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows nine cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2D3.1 (in eight of those it was the primary guideline) and two 
    cases sentenced under Secs. 2D3.2-2D3.5 (in both of those they were the 
    primary guidelines).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows two cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2D3.1 (in both of those it was the primary guideline) and four 
    cases sentenced under Secs. 2D3.2-2D3.5 (in three of those they were 
    the primary guidelines).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2D3.1 is amended in the title by 
    deleting ``Registration Numbers'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``Controlled Substances or Listed Chemicals''.
        The commentary to Sec. 2D3.1 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by deleting ``842(a)(1), 843(a)(1), (2)'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``842(a)(1), (2), (9), (10), (b), 843(a)(1), (2), 954, 961''.
        Section 2D3.2 is deleted in its entirety.
        (I) Consolidation of Secs. 2E2.1 and 2B3.2.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2B3.2 (Extortion by Force 
    or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) and 2E2.1 (Making or Financing 
    an Extortionate Extension of Credit; Collecting an Extension of Credit 
    by Extortionate Means) are consolidated. These guidelines use the same 
    basic structure and cover conduct that is in many respects similar. The 
    current guidelines have four differences. First, the base offense level 
    of Sec. 2B3.2 is 18 with a 2-level adjustment for an express or implied 
    threat of death, bodily injury, or kidnapping. The base offense level 
    of Sec. 2E2.1 is 20. Second, the offense levels for weapon use 
    (originally identical) are now different. (In 1991, the Commission 
    increased the adjustments for firearms possession or use in Secs. 2B3.1 
    and 2B3.2 but not Sec. 2E2.1).
        Third, Sec. 2B3.2 provides an enhancement for the amount demanded 
    or loss to the victim. Section 2E2.1 does not contain this enhancement 
    (because there would be substantial difficulty in separating the 
    unlawfully demanded interest from the principal and legitimate interest 
    that could have been charged). Fourth, Sec. 2B3.2 contains a cross 
    reference to the attempted murder guideline; Sec. 2E2.1 does not.
        The consolidated guideline uses the base offense level and 
    adjustments from Sec. 2B3.2. A specific offense characteristic is added 
    to include a 2-level adjustment for extortionate extension of credit 
    and collecting an extension of credit by extortionate means (resulting 
    in the same offense level as the current guideline for such conduct). 
    In addition, Application Note 1 is amended to provide (as in current 
    Sec. 2E2.1) that, in cases involving extortionate extension of credit 
    or collecting an extension of credit by extortionate means, subsection 
    (b)(2) does not apply to the demand for repayment of principal or 
    interest in the case of a loan.
        Under the consolidation, offenses under Sec. 2E2.1 will be subject 
    to a weapon enhancement that may be two levels greater, in some cases, 
    than is currently provided by the weapon enhancement in Sec. 2E2.1. In 
    addition, under the consolidated guideline, the attempted murder cross 
    reference in Sec. 2B3.2 and the enhancement in Sec. 2B3.2(b)(3)(B) 
    (providing a three-level increase if the offense involved preparation 
    or other demonstrated ability to carry out a threat of specified 
    unlawful behavior), would now apply to offenses under Sec. 2E2.1.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 52 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2B3.2 (in 36 of those it was the primary guideline) and 48 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E2.1 (in 31 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 129 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2B3.2 (in 74 of those it was the primary guideline), and 48 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E2.1 (in 29 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 93 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2B3.2 (in 52 of those it was the primary guideline), and 62 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E2.1 (in 39 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2B3.2 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Extortionate Extension of Credit; Collecting 
    an Extension of Credit by Extortionate Means''.
        Section 2B3.2(b)(2) is amended by inserting at the end the 
    following: ``Do not apply this subsection in the case of extortionate 
    extension of credit or collecting an extension of credit by 
    extortionate means.''.
        Section 2B3.2(b) is amended by inserting the following additional 
    subdivision at the end:
        ``(6) If the offense involved extortionate extension of credit or 
    collecting an extension of credit by extortionate means, increase by 2 
    levels.''.
        Section 2B3.2(c) is amended by inserting the following additional 
    subdivision:
        ``(3) If the offense did not involve a threat, express or implied, 
    that reasonably could be interpreted as one to injure a person or 
    physically damage property, or any comparably serious threat, apply 
    Sec. 2B3.3 (Blackmail and Similar Forms of Extortion).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B3.2 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``892-894'' following ``877,''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B3.2 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``892-894,'' immediately following ``877''.
        The Commentary to 2B3.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is amended 
    in Note 1 by inserting at the beginning ``For purposes of this 
    guideline-'';
        By deleting ``are defined in the commentary to Sec. 1B1.1 
    (Application Instructions)'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``have the 
    meaning given such terms in [the commentary to] Sec. 1B1.1'';
        And by inserting the following additional paragraph at the end:
        `` `Loss to the victim,' as used in subsection (b)(2), means any 
    demand
    
    [[Page 194]]
    
    paid plus any additional consequential loss from the offense (e.g., the 
    cost of defensive measures taken in direct response to the offense). 
    Subsection (b)(2) does not apply in the case of extortionate extension 
    of credit or collecting an extension of credit by extortionate means. 
    However, in such a case, if the loss to the victim involved 
    consequential loss from the offense, such as damage to an automobile, 
    an upward departure may be warranted.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B3.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 3 by deleting the last sentence.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B3.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 5 in its entirety and renumbering the 
    remaining notes accordingly.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2B3.2 captioned ``Background'' is deleted in 
    its entirety.
        Section 2E2.1 is deleted in its entirety.
        (J) Consolidation of Secs. 2E5.3 and 2F1.1
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Section 2E5.3 (False Statements and 
    Concealment of Facts in Relation to Documents Required by the Employee 
    Retirement Income Security Act; Failure to Maintain and Falsification 
    of Records Required by the Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure 
    Act) and 2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit; Forgery; Offenses Involving Altered 
    or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of 
    the United States) are consolidated. Section 2E5.3 is an infrequently 
    used guideline for what is essentially a false statement offense or a 
    failure to maintain records offense that in some cases may be used to 
    conceal another offense, generally embezzlement or bribery. 
    Consolidation with Sec. 2F1.1 retains the same base offense level, and 
    will produce the same final offense level in cases of embezzlement.
        Currently, Application Note 13 of Sec. 2F1.1 describes situations 
    in which application of offense guidelines other than Sec. 2F1.1 may be 
    more apt. This amendment adds a cross reference to Sec. 2F1.1 to apply 
    another offense guideline if the offense conduct is addressed more 
    specifically by that guideline and modifies Application Note 13 
    accordingly. Application Note 13 is also modified to address the small 
    number of cases in which this offense may be committed to conceal a 
    bribery offense.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows two cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E5.3 (in both of those it was the primary guideline) and 5,963 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2F1.1 (in 5,696 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 10 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E5.3 (in seven of those it was the primary guideline), and 6,235 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2F1.1 (in 5,952 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 90 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E5.3 (in eight of those it was the primary guideline) and 6,339 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2F1.1 (in 6,019 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2E5.3 is deleted in its entirety.
        Section 2F1.1 is amended by inserting the following new subsection:
    
        ``(c) Cross Reference.
        (1) If the offense conduct is addressed more specifically by 
    another offense guideline, apply that offense guideline.''.
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by deleting ``, 1026, 1028,'' and inserting ``-''; and by 
    inserting ``; 29 U.S.C. Secs. 439, 461, 1131'' immediately after 
    ``2315''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 13 by deleting ``Sometimes,'' and inserting in lieu 
    thereof ``Subsection (c)(1) provides a cross reference to another 
    offense guideline if that guideline more specifically addresses the 
    offense conduct than this section does. For example, sometimes''; by 
    inserting ``false statements to secure immigration documents, for which 
    Sec. 2L2.1 or Sec. 2L2.2 would be more apt,'' immediately before ``and 
    false statements''; by inserting ``Sec. 2S1.3 or'' immediately before 
    ``Sec. 2T3.1''; and by deleting ``Where the indictment or information 
    setting forth the count of conviction (or a stipulation as described in 
    Sec. 1B1.2(a)) establishes an offense more aptly covered by another 
    guideline, apply that guideline rather than Sec. 2F1.1. Otherwise, in 
    such cases, Sec. 2F1.1 is to be applied, but a departure from the 
    guidelines may be considered.'' and inserting in lieu thereof: ``In 
    certain other cases, an offense involving fraudulent statements or 
    documents, or failure to maintain required records, may be committed in 
    furtherance of the commission or concealment of another offense, such 
    as embezzlement or bribery. In such cases, Sec. 2B1.1 or Sec. 2E5.1 
    would be more apt.''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    inserting the following new paragraph after the first paragraph:
        ``This guideline also covers the falsification of documents or 
    records relating to a benefit plan covered by the Employment Retirement 
    Income Security Act and failure to maintain or falsification of 
    documents required by the Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure 
    Act.''.
        (K) Consolidation of Secs. 2E1.2 and 2E1.3.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2E1.2 (Interstate or 
    Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of a Racketeering Enterprise) 
    and 2E1.3 (Violent Crimes in Aid of Racketeering Activity) are 
    consolidated. Both have the base offense level for the underlying 
    offense as the primary base offense level. Section 2E1.2 has an 
    alternative base offense level of 6 and Sec. 2E1.3 has an alternative 
    base offense level of 12. Elimination of these alternative base offense 
    levels will considerably simplify the operation of these guidelines, 
    removing the need in each case for the comparison set forth in 
    Application Note 1. In FY 95, 5 of the 24 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E1.2 (or 20.8%) had a base offense level of 6, and one of the 19 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2E1.3 (or 5.3%) had a base offense level of 
    12.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 90 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E1.2 (in 72 of those it was the primary guideline) and 55 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E1.3 (in 26 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY94) shows 97 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E1.2 (in 77 of those it was the primary guideline), and 48 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E1.3 (in 17 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 33 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E1.2 (in 24 of those it was the primary guideline), and six cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2E1.3 (in three of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section Sec. 2E1.2 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Violent Crimes in Aid of Racketeering 
    Activity''.
        Section Sec. 2E1.2(a) is amended by deleting ``(Apply the 
    greater):''; by deleting subsection (1) in its entirety; by deleting 
    ``(2)''; by deleting ``the'' and inserting in its place ``The''; and by 
    deleting ``crime of violence or other unlawful activity in respect to 
    which the travel or transportation was undertaken'' and inserting in 
    lieu thereof ``offense (crime of violence or racketeering activity)''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2E1.2 captioned ``Statutory Provision'' is 
    amended by deleting ``Provision'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``Provisions''; by inserting an additional ``Sec. '' immediately 
    following the ``Sec. ''; and by inserting at the end ``; 1959 (formerly 
    18 U.S.C. 1952B)''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2E1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended in Note 1 by deleting ``for the purposes of
    
    [[Page 195]]
    
    subsection (a)(2)'' and by deleting the second and third sentences.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2E1.2 captioned ``Application Notes'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 3 in its entirety.
        Section 2E1.3 is deleted in its entirety.
        (L) Consolidation of Secs. 2J1.2 and 2J1.3.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2J1.3 (Perjury or 
    Subornation of Perjury; Bribery of Witness) and 2J1.2 (Obstruction of 
    Justice) are consolidated. No substantive change in offense levels 
    results from this consolidation. The only difference between the 
    current guidelines is that Sec. 2J1.3 contains a special instruction 
    pertaining to the grouping of certain separate instances of perjury. 
    This special instruction would continue to apply only to cases 
    currently covered. This amendment also clarifies the interaction of 
    Secs. 2J1.2(c)(1) and 2J1.3(c)(1) with Sec. 2X3.1 and adds an 
    Application Note to Sec. 2J1.2 to clarify that the criminal offense the 
    investigation or prosecution of which was obstructed need not have been 
    specifically charged or resulted in a conviction in order for the cross 
    reference to Sec. 2X3.1 to apply.
        In addition, this amendment adds an application note to reemphasize 
    that the defendant's conduct need not constitute the offense of 
    accessory after the fact in order for the cross reference to Sec. 2X3.1 
    to apply. Even though the background and commentary to Sec. 2J1.2 was 
    amended in 1991 to clarify that the cross reference to Sec. 2X3.1 could 
    apply even if the defendant was a principal to the underlying offense, 
    hotline calls indicate there is still some confusion in respect to this 
    issue for both Secs. 2J1.2 and 2J1.3 cases.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 111 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2J1.2 (in 89 of those it was the primary guideline) and 125 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2J1.3 (in 109 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 137 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2J1.2 (in 99 of those it was the primary guideline) and 119 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2J1.3 (in 96 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 104 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2J1.2 (in 82 of those it was the primary guideline) and 78 cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2J1.3 (in 63 of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2J1.2 is amended in the title by 
    inserting ``Perjury or Subornation of Perjury; Witness Bribery;'' 
    immediately before ``Obstruction''.
        Section 2J1.2(b)(1) is amended by inserting ``suborn perjury or 
    otherwise'' immediately before ``obstruct''.
        Section 2J1.2 is amended by adding the following new subsection:
        ``(d) Special Instruction.
        (1) In the case of counts of perjury or subornation of perjury 
    arising from testimony given, or to be given, in separate proceedings, 
    do not group the counts together under Sec. 3D1.2 (Groups of Closely 
    Related Counts).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2J1.2 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``201(b) (3), (4),'' immediately before ``1503,''; 
    and by inserting ``, 1621-1623'' immediately following ``1516''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2J1.2 captioned ``Application Notes is 
    amended in Note 2 by deleting ``or'' immediately after 
    ``investigation'' and inserting a comma in lieu thereof; by deleting 
    ``of the'' immediately after ``trial'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``, or sentencing of the perjury, subornation of perjury, witness 
    bribery, or''; in Note 5 by inserting ``suborn perjury or'' immediately 
    following ``(e.g., to''; and by inserting the following additional 
    notes:
    
        ``6. For purposes of subsection (c)(1), the criminal offense the 
    investigation or prosecution of which was obstructed need not have 
    been charged or resulted in a conviction.
        Application of subsection (c)(1) does not require that the 
    defendant's conduct constitute the offense of accessory after the 
    fact. Rather, it provides for the use, in the circumstances 
    specified, of the guideline that applies to accessory after the fact 
    offenses. Thus, the fact that a defendant cannot be an accessory 
    after the fact, under federal law, to an offense in which the 
    defendant is a principal does not bar application of this cross 
    reference.
        7. `Separate proceedings,' as used in subsection (d)(1), 
    includes different proceedings in the same case or matter (e.g., a 
    grand jury proceeding and a trial, or a trial and retrial), and 
    proceedings in separate cases or matters (e.g., separate trials of 
    codefendants), but does not include multiple grand jury proceedings 
    in the same case.''.
    
        The Commentary to Sec. 2J1.2 captioned ``Background'' is amended in 
    the first sentence by deleting ``the'' immediately following 
    ``involving'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``perjury, subornation of 
    perjury, witness bribery, and''.
        Section 2J1.3 is deleted in its entirety.
        Issue for Comment: The special instruction currently contained in 
    Sec. 2J1.3(d)(1) applies to perjury or subornation of perjury and not 
    to obstruction, separate instances of which are more difficult to 
    determine. This special instruction was not included in the original 
    guideline but was later added to cover the very infrequent perjury case 
    to which it applied (approximately six in 40,000 cases). The Commission 
    requests comment on whether this historical policy judgment, which was 
    limited to perjuries, should be expanded to cover obstructions.
        (M) Consolidation of Secs. 2K1.1 and 2K1.6.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2K1.1 and 2K1.6 are 
    consolidated. These are regulatory and recordkeeping offenses having 
    the same base offense level. The only substantive change resulting from 
    the consolidation is that the cross reference in Sec. 2K1.6, which 
    directs to apply Sec. 2K1.3 if the offense reflected an effort to 
    conceal a substantive offense, would also apply to offenses under 
    Sec. 2K1.1. This could result in a change in offense levels for cases 
    under Sec. 2K1.1 (offenses under which currently have a statutory 
    maximum of one year.) There seems no reason that the cross reference in 
    Sec. 2K1.6 (covering conduct reflecting an effort to conceal a 
    substantive offense) should not also cover conduct under Sec. 2K1.1.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2K1.1 or Sec. 2K1.6.
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows nine cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2K1.1 (in all of those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2K1.6.
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 11 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2K1.1 (in all those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2K1.6.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2K1.1 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Licensee Recordkeeping Violations''.
        Section 2K1.1 is amended by adding the following new subsection 
    after subsection (a):
        ``(b) Cross Reference:
        (1) If the offense involved an effort to conceal a substantive 
    explosive materials offense, apply Sec. 2K1.3 (Unlawful Receipt, 
    Possession, or Transportation of Explosives Materials; Prohibited 
    Transactions Involving Explosive Materials).''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2K1.1 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting ``(f), (g),'' immediately following ``Sec. 842''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2K1.1 captioned ``Background'' is deleted in 
    its entirety.
        Section 2K1.6 is deleted in its entirety.
        (N) Consolidation of Secs. 2L2.2 and 2L2.5.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2L2.2 and 2L2.5 are 
    consolidated. No change in offense level
    
    [[Page 196]]
    
    will result. Section 2L2.5 covers a rarely prosecuted statute that has 
    the same base offense level as Sec. 2L2.2. Section 2L2.2 contains 
    additional adjustments, but they do not apply to conduct covered by 
    Sec. 2L2.5.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 186 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2L2.2 (in 156 of those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2L2.5.
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 266 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2L2.2 (in 242 of those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2L2.5.
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 402 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2L2.2 (in 354 of those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2L2.5.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2L2.2 is amended in the title by 
    inserting at the end ``; Failure to Surrender Canceled Naturalization 
    Certificate''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2L2.2 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by deleting ``1426'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``1427''.
        Section 2L2.5 is deleted in its entirety.
        (O) Consolidation of Secs. 2M2.1 and 2M2.3.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment consolidates 
    Secs. 2M2.1 (Destruction of, or Production of Defective, War Material, 
    Premises, or Utilities) and 2M2.3 (Destruction of, or Production of 
    Defective, National Defense Material, Premises, or Utilities). [Note: 
    The Commission decided in October that it did not wish to propose 
    deletion of these two guidelines and their incorporation into 
    Sec. 2B1.1 (Theft, Embezzlement, Receipt of Stolen Property, and 
    Property Destruction), but the Commission indicated a willingness to 
    consider merging the two guidelines into one.] Consolidation is 
    appropriate for two reasons. First, prosecutions under these statutes 
    are infrequent. In FY 1990 through 1995, there were no cases sentenced 
    under these guidelines. Second, although the statutes referenced to 
    Secs. 2M2.1 and 2M2.3 cover an extremely wide range of conduct (e.g., 
    from major sabotage designed to injure the United States on one hand to 
    minor property damage by a disgruntled serviceman or a war protest 
    group on the other), the offenses covered by these two guidelines 
    essentially are property damage offenses. An option for addressing the 
    issue of the appropriate offense level is to add an application note 
    explaining the circumstances under which a departure may be warranted.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2M2.1 is amended by deleting subsection 
    (a) in its entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof:
        (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):
        (1) 32, if the defendant is convicted (A) under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2153 
    or Sec. 2154; or (B) under 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2284 of acting with intent to 
    injure the United States or aid a foreign nation; or
        (2) 26, otherwise.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2M2.1 captioned ``Statutory Provisions'' is 
    amended by inserting an additional ``Sec. '' immediately following the 
    ``Sec. ''; and by deleting ``2154'' and inserting in lieu thereof ``-
    2156''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2M1.1 captioned ``Application Note'' is 
    amended by deleting Note 1 in its entirety and inserting the following 
    in lieu thereof:
        [1. Because this section covers a particularly wide range of 
    conduct, it is not possible to include all of the potentially relevant 
    circumstances in the offense level. Therefore, depending on the 
    circumstances of the case, an upward or a downward departure may be 
    warranted. For example, if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 2155 of throwing paint on defense equipment or supplies as an act 
    of protest during peacetime, the offense level in subsection (a)(2) may 
    overrepresent the seriousness of the offense. In that case, a downward 
    departure may be warranted. However, if the defendant was convicted 
    under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2153 of major sabotage of arms and munitions while 
    the United States was at war, the offense level in subsection (a)(1) 
    may underrepresent the seriousness of the offense. In that case, an 
    upward departure may be warranted. Factors to be considered in 
    determining the extent of the departure include whether the offense was 
    committed while the United States was at war, whether the purpose of 
    the offense was to injure the United States or aid a foreign nation or 
    power, whether a substantial risk of death or physical injury was 
    created, and the extent to which national security was threatened. See 
    Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).]
        Section 2M2.3 is deleted in its entirety.
        (P) Deletion of Sec. 2M3.4.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: This amendment deletes Sec. 2M3.4 
    (Losing National Defense Information) as unnecessary and potentially 
    counterproductive. This guideline covers an extremely rarely prosecuted 
    offense. There have been no sentences recorded under this section since 
    the guidelines took effect. Given that this offense could occur in a 
    variety of circumstances (as well as could be used as a plea bargain 
    offense for a more serious offense), it seems questionable whether the 
    current Sec. 2M3.4 is adequate to provide an appropriate result. Given 
    the rarity of this offense, deletion of this offense guideline is 
    recommended. Any offenses currently handled under this section will be 
    addressed by Sec. 2X5.1 (Other Offenses).
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2M3.4.
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2M3.4.
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2M3.4.
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2M3.4 is deleted in its entirety.
        (Q) Consolidation of Secs. 2M3.5 and 2M6.2.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2M3.5 (Tampering with 
    Restricted Data Concerning Atomic Energy) and 2M6.2 (Violation of Other 
    Federal Atomic Energy Agency Statutes, Rules, and Regulations) are 
    rarely used guidelines that cover conduct relating to atomic energy. 
    Currently, there seems to be some inconsistency in the offense levels 
    between these guidelines. It is not clear why tampering with restricted 
    data concerning atomic energy has an offense level of 24 (even if done 
    with intent to injure the United States or aid a foreign nation) while 
    violations of other federal atomic energy statutes, rules, or 
    regulations have an offense level of 30 if committed with intent to 
    injure the United States or aid a foreign nation. This amendment would 
    remove this inconsistency by consolidating these guidelines. However, 
    offenses that involve tampering with restricted data (which currently 
    receive an offense level of 24) would receive an offense level of 30 if 
    the offense were committed with intent to injure the United States or 
    aid a foreign nation.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2M3.5, and five cases sentenced under Sec. 2M6.2 (in four of those 
    it was the primary guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2M3.5, and two sentences under Sec. 2M6.2 (in one of those it was 
    the primary guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows no cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2M3.5 and three cases sentenced under Sec. 2M6.2 (in all of those 
    it was the primary guideline).
    
    [[Page 197]]
    
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2M6.2 is amended in the title by 
    inserting ``Tampering With Restricted Data Concerning Atomic Energy;'' 
    immediately before ``Violation''.
        Section 2M6.2(a) is amended by deleting ``Greater'' and inserting 
    in lieu thereof ``Greatest''; by renumbering subdivision (2) as 
    subdivision (3) and inserting the following as subdivision (2):
        ``(2) 24, if the offense involved tampering with restricted data 
    concerning atomic energy; or''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2M6.2 captioned ``Statutory Provision'' is 
    amended by deleting ``Provision'' and inserting in lieu thereof 
    ``Provisions''; by inserting ``Sec. '' immediately before ``2273''; and 
    by inserting ``, 2276'' immediately following ``2273''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2M6.2 is amended by inserting the following 
    immediately before ``Background'':
    
    
        ``Application Note:
        1. For purposes of this guideline, `tampering with restricted 
    data concerning atomic energy'' means conduct proscribed by 18 
    U.S.C. Sec. 2276.''.
    
    
        Section 2M3.5 is deleted in its entirety.
        (R) Consolidation of Secs. 2N3.1 and 2F1.1.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Section 2N3.1 (Odometer Laws and 
    Regulations) is consolidated with Sec. 2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit; 
    Forgery; Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other 
    Than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States). Currently, 
    Sec. 2N3.1 has the same base offense level as Sec. 2F1.1 and is cross-
    referenced to Sec. 2F1.1 if more than one vehicle was involved (one 
    vehicle cases are infrequent). Under this consolidation, fraud by 
    odometer tampering involving one vehicle will be treated the same as 
    other fraud (i.e., the specific offense characteristics for loss and 
    more than minimal planning will apply, if warranted). There seems no 
    reason to treat this type of fraud differently than other types of 
    fraud.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 5,963 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2F1.1 (in 5,696 of those it was the primary guideline) and 17 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2N3.1 (in all of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 6,235 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2F1.1 (in 5,952 of those it was the primary guideline) and eight 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2N3.1 (in seven of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 6,339 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2F1.1 (in 6,019 of those it was the primary guideline) and two 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2N3.1 (in both of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned 
    ``Statutory Provisions'' is amended by inserting ``, 1983-1988, 1990c'' 
    immediately following ``1644''.
        The Commentary to Sec. 2F1.1 captioned ``Background'' is amended by 
    inserting as a new paragraph after the first paragraph:
        ``This guideline also covers offenses relating to odometer laws and 
    regulations.''.
        Section 2N3.1 is deleted in its entirety.
        (S) Consolidation of Secs. 2T1.1 and 2T1.6.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2T1.1 (Tax Evasion; 
    Willful Failure to File Return, Supply Information, or Pay Tax; 
    Fraudulent or False Returns, Statements, or Other Documents) and 2T1.6 
    (Failing to Collect or Truthfully Account for and Pay Over Tax) are 
    consolidated. Section 2T1.6 is an infrequently prosecuted tax offense 
    involving an employer failing to collect or truthfully account for any 
    pay over tax.
        Both guidelines have the same base offense level. In most cases, 
    there will be no change in offense level, which is based on the tax 
    loss, because sections 2T1.1(b) (1) and (2) will not apply to conduct 
    under Sec. 2T1.6. However, currently Sec. 2T1.6 contains a cross 
    reference to Sec. 2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of 
    Theft) if the offense involved embezzlement by withholding tax from an 
    employee's earnings and willfully failing to account to the employee 
    for it. Application of that cross reference could result in offense 
    levels one or two levels greater for offenses under Sec. 2T1.6. That 
    cross reference no longer exists under the consolidation, and the 
    consolidation does not provide an enhancement for offenses involving 
    embezzlement.
        The 1993 Annual Report (FY 93) shows 302 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2T1.1 (in 225 of those it was the primary guideline) and five 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2T1.6 (in all of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY 94) shows 528 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2T1.1 (in 413 of those it was the primary guideline) and no cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2T1.6.
        The 1995 Annual Report (FY 95) shows 517 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2T1.1 (in 405 of those it was the primary guideline) and five 
    cases sentenced under Sec. 2T1.6 (in all of those it was the primary 
    guideline).
        Proposed Amendment: Section 2T1.1 is amended in the title by 
    inserting ``; Failing to Collect or Truthfully Account for and Pay Over 
    Tax'' immediately following ``Documents''.
        Section 2T1.1(c) is amended by renumbering subdivision (5) as 
    subdivision (6) and by inserting the following as a new subdivision 
    (5):
        ``(5) If the offense involved failing to collect or truthfully 
    account for any pay over tax, the tax loss is the amount of tax not 
    collected or accounted for and paid over.''.
        Section 2T1.6 is deleted in its entirety.
        (T) Consolidation of Secs. 2E4.1, 2T2.1, and 2T2.2.
        Synopsis of Proposed Amendment: Sections 2E4.1 (Unlawful Conduct 
    Relating to Contraband Cigarettes), 2T2.1 (Non-Payment of [Alcohol and 
    Tobacco] Taxes), and 2T2.2 (Regulatory Offenses) and are consolidated. 
    This amendment consolidates three infrequently applied guidelines.
        Under this consolidation, the base offense level for Sec. 2T2.2 is 
    raised from four to six, which is the base offense most typical for 
    regulatory offenses. Otherwise, there is no substantive change.
        The 1993 Annual Report shows no cases sentenced under Sec. 2E4.1, 
    seven cases sentenced under Sec. 2T2.1 (in five of those it was the 
    primary guideline), and no cases sentenced under Sec. 2T2.2.
        The 1994 Annual Report (FY94) shows 10 cases sentenced under 
    Sec. 2E4.1 (in six of those it was the primary guideline), four cases 
    sentenced under Sec. 2T2.1 (in one of those it was the primary 
    guideline), and no cases sentenced under Sec. 2T2.2.
        Proposed Amendment: Chapter Two, Part T, Subpart 2 captioned 
    ``Introductory Commentary'' is deleted in its entirety.
        Section 2T2.1 is amended by deleting it in its entirety and 
    inserting in lieu thereof:
        Sec. 2T2.1. Non-Payment of Taxes; Regulatory Offenses.
        (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):
        (1) Level from Sec. 2T4.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax 
    loss;
        (2) 9, if the offense involved contraband cigarettes; or
        (3) 6, if there is no tax loss.
        (b) Special Instruction.
        (1) For purposes of this guideline, the ``tax loss'' is the total 
    amount of taxes on the alcohol or tobacco that the taxpayer failed to 
    pay, evaded, or attempted to evade.
    
    [[Page 198]]
    
    Commentary
    
        Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2342(a), 2344(a); 26 
    U.S.C. Secs. 5601, 5603-5605, 5661, 5671, 5762. For additional 
    statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).
    
        Application Notes:
        1. In the case of contraband cigarettes (as defined in 18 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 2341 (2)), the tax loss is the total amount of unpaid state 
    excise taxes on the cigarettes.
        2. Offense conduct directed at more than tax evasion (e.g., 
    theft or fraud) may warrant an upward departure.
        Background: This section covers a variety of offenses involving 
    alcohol and tobacco, including evasion of alcohol and tobacco taxes, 
    evasion of state excise taxes on cigarettes, operating an illegal 
    still, and regulatory offenses.''
    
        Sections 2E4.1 and 2T2.2 are deleted in their entirety.
    
    [FR Doc. 96-33157 Filed 12-31-96; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 2210-40-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
01/02/1997
Department:
United States Sentencing Commission
Entry Type:
Notice
Action:
Notice of (1) proposed temporary, emergency guideline amendments increasing penalties for alien smuggling and fraudulent use of government-issued documents; (2) proposed temporary, emergency guideline amendments imposing penalties for involuntary servitude, peonage, and slave trade offense; (3) proposed temporary, emergency guideline amendments increasing the penalties for offenses involving list I chemicals; and (4) proposed non-emergency amendments to sentencing guidelines and commentary. ...
Document Number:
96-33157
Dates:
(1) Emergency Amendments. Comment on the several emergency amendments set forth in this notice should be received by the Commission not later than February 4, 1997. After considering any
Pages:
152-198 (47 pages)
PDF File:
96-33157.pdf